Document:

EX-4.10

 Exhibit 4.10 

CLEARSIDE BIOMEDICAL, INC. 

2016 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN 

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:
JANUARY 21, 2016 
 APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:
JANUARY 22, 2016 
  

	1.	GENERAL; PURPOSE. 

 (a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible
Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock
Purchase Plan.  
 (b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of
new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations. 
  

	2.	ADMINISTRATION. 

 (a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board
delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c). 
 (b) The Board will have the power, subject
to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan: 
 (i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the
provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical). 
 (ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company
will be eligible to participate in the Plan. 
 (iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and
revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully
effective. 
 (iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan. 

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12. 

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12. 

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and
its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 
 (viii) To adopt such
procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States. 

 (c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If
administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a
subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously
delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan. 

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final,
binding and conclusive on all persons. 
  

	3.	SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN. 

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be
issued under the Plan will not exceed 400,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on January 1st of each year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first January 1
following the IPO Date and ending on (and including) January 1, 2026, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1.0% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on December 31st of the preceding calendar year, and
(ii) 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any calendar year to provide that there will be no January 1st increase in the share reserve for such calendar year or that
the increase in the share reserve for such calendar year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence. 

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such
Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.  
 (c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of
authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.  

  
 2 

	4.	GRANT OF PURCHASE RIGHTS; OFFERING. 

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more
Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and will comply with the requirement of
Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The
provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of the Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will
be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive. 

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the
Company: (i) each form will apply to all of the Participant’s Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical
exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised. 

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on any Offering Date of an
Offering (the “New Offering”) is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for an ongoing Offering, then (i) such ongoing Offering will terminate
immediately following the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the Purchase Date immediately preceding the New Offering, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated ongoing Offering will be automatically enrolled in the New Offering. 

  

	5.	ELIGIBILITY. 

 (a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company
or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the
Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be
equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the
Related Corporation is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code. 

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified
in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering.
Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that: 

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including for
purposes of determining the exercise price of such Purchase Right; 

  
 3 

 (ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and
end coincident with the end of such Offering; and 
 (iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within
a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering. 
 (c) No
Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the
Company or of any Related Corporation. For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all
outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee. 
 (d) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the
Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible
Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan,
will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. 
 (e)
Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may provide in an Offering that
Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. 

 

	6.	PURCHASE RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE. 

 (a)
On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee will be granted a Purchase Right under the applicable Offering to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as
designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular
Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering. 
 (b) The Board will
establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering. 

  
 4 

 (c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number
of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or
(iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted
under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be
made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable. 
 (d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant
to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of: 
 (i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on
the Offering Date; and 
 (ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase
Date. 
  

	7.	PARTICIPATION; WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION. 

 (a) An
Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form
will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under the Plan and will be deposited with the
general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll date occurring on or after the
Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll period will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the
Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase the Participant’s Contributions. If specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make
Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date. 
 (b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making
Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase
Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of the Participant’s accumulated but unused Contributions and such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering shall thereupon
terminate. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon the Participant’s eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to
participate in subsequent Offerings. 

  
 5 

 (c) Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the
Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate in the Offering or the Plan. The
Company will distribute to such individual all of the Participant’s accumulated but unused Contributions. 
 (d) During a
Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a
beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.  
 (e) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering, the Company will have no
obligation to pay interest on Contributions. 
  

	8.	EXERCISE OF PURCHASE RIGHTS. 

 (a) On
each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase
price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering. 
 (b) If any amount of
accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock and such remaining amount is less than the amount required to purchase one share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an
Offering, then such remaining amount will be held in such Participant’s account for the purchase of shares of Common Stock under the next Offering under the Plan, unless such Participant withdraws from or is not eligible to participate in such
Offering, in which case such amount will be distributed to such Participant after the final Purchase Date, without interest. If the amount of Contributions remaining in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock is at
least equal to the amount required to purchase one whole share of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant
after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest. 
 (c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of
Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and
other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until
the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance with applicable laws, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months after the Offering Date. If, on the
Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused
Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest. 

  
 6 

	9.	COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY. 

 The Company will
seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder. If, after
commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially
reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights. 

 

	10.	DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY. 

 (a) The Company may,
but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares
and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

 (b) If a Participant dies, in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or
Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock
and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate. 

 

	11.	ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS. 

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of
securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and
number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board
will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.  
 (b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction,
then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the
same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent 

  
 7 

 company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase
Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate
immediately after such purchase. 
  

	12.	AMENDMENT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN. 

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a)
relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially
increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits
accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for
issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements. 

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is
terminated. 
 (c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment,
suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with
any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase
Plans) including, without limitation, any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the
Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. 

 

	13.	EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN. 

 The Plan will
become effective on the date that the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “Effective Date”); provided, however, that no Purchase Right may be granted under the Plan prior to the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be
exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the
Board. 

  
 8 

	14.	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. 

 (a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of
Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.  
 (b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the
holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books
of the Company (or its transfer agent).  
 (c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in any
Offering will in any way alter the at-will nature of a Participant’s employment or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on
the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.  
 (d) The provisions of the Plan will be
governed by the laws of the State of California without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.  
  

	15.	DEFINITIONS. 

 As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the
capitalized terms indicated below: 
 (a) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 

(b) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the
Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend
in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in
Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization
Adjustment. 
 (c) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable
regulations and guidance thereunder. 
 (d) “Committee” means a committee of one or more
members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c). 
 (e) “Common
Stock” means the common stock of the Company.  
 (f) “Company” means Clearside Biomedical, Inc., a
Delaware corporation. 

  
 9 

 (g) “Contributions” means the payroll deductions and other additional
payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into the Participant’s account if specifically provided for in the Offering,
and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions. 
 (h)
“Corporate Transaction” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events: 

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the
Company and its Subsidiaries; 
 (ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company; 

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or 

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding
immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise. 

(i) “Director” means a member of the Board. 

(j) “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the
Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan. 

(k) “Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of
Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.
 
 (l) “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options
issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code. 
 (m)
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 

(n) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows: 

  
 10 

 (i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market,
the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the
Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market
Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists. 
 (ii) In the absence of such markets for
the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code. 

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the
Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering. 

(o) “IPO Date” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing
the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering. 
 (p)
“Offering” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of
an Offering will generally be set forth in the “Offering Document” approved by the Board for that Offering. 

(q) “Offering Date” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence. 

(r) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of
Section 16 of the Exchange Act. 
 (s) “Participant” means an Eligible Employee who holds an
outstanding Purchase Right. 
 (t) “Plan” means this Clearside Biomedical, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan. 
 (u) “Purchase Date” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on
which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering. 

(v) “Purchase Period” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering
Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods. 

(w) “Purchase Right” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan. 

  
 11 

 (x) “Related Corporation” means any “parent corporation”
or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code. 

(y) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

(z) “Trading Day” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed,
including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.EX-4.1

 Exhibit 4.1 

EXECUTION VERSION 
  

 
  

TRANSDIGM INC., 
 TRANSDIGM GROUP
INCORPORATED, 
 THE GUARANTORS named herein 

and 
 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee 
 INDENTURE 

Dated as of June 9, 2016 

6.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026 
  

 
  

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

					
	 Trust

Indenture

Act Section
	  	 	  	 Indenture

Section

	                  310(a)(1)	  		  	                7.10
	                        (a)(2)	  		  	                7.10
	                        (a)(3)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (a)(4)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (a)(5)	  		  	                7.10
	                        (b)	  		  	                7.10
	                        (c)	  		  	                N.A.
	                  311(a)	  		  	                7.11
	                        (b)	  		  	                7.11
	                  312(a)	  		  	                2.05
	                        (b)	  		  	                13.03
	                        (c)	  		  	                13.03
	                  313(a)	  		  	                7.06
	                        (b)(2)	  		  	                7.06; 7.07
	                        (c)	  		  	                7.06;13.02
	                        (d)	  		  	                7.06
	                  314(a)	  		  	                4.03
	                        (a)(4)	  		  	                13.05
	                        (b)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (c)(1)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (c)(2)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (c)(3)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (d)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (e)	  		  	                13.05
	                        (f)	  		  	                N.A.
	                  315(a)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (b)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (c)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (d)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (e)	  		  	                N.A.
	                  316(a)(1)(A)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (a)(1)(B)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (a)(2)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (b)	  		  	                N.A.
	                  317(a)(1)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (a)(2)	  		  	                N.A.
	                  318(a)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (b)	  		  	                N.A.
	                        (c)	  		  	                13.01

 N.A. means not applicable. 

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 Table of Contents 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	 Page
	 
	
	ARTICLE I	  
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	  
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	 	Definitions.	  	 	1	  
	 SECTION 1.02.
	 	Other Definitions.	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 1.03.
	 	Trust Indenture Act Definitions.	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 1.04.
	 	Rules of Construction.	  	 	27	  
	
	ARTICLE II	  
	
	THE NOTES	  
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	 	Form and Dating.	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 2.02.
	 	Execution and Authentication.	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 2.03.
	 	Registrar and Paying Agent.	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 2.04.
	 	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 2.05.
	 	Holder Lists.	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 2.06.
	 	Transfer and Exchange.	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 2.07.
	 	Replacement Notes.	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 2.08.
	 	Outstanding Notes.	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 2.09.
	 	Treasury Notes.	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.10.
	 	Temporary Notes.	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.11.
	 	Cancellation.	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.12.
	 	Defaulted Interest.	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.13.
	 	CUSIP or ISIN Numbers.	  	 	33	  
	 SECTION 2.14.
	 	Issuance of Additional Notes.	  	 	34	  
	
	ARTICLE III	  
	
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	  
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	 	Notices to Trustee.	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 3.02.
	 	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 3.03.
	 	Notice of Redemption.	  	 	35	  
	 SECTION 3.04.
	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption.	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.05.
	 	Deposit of Redemption Price.	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.06.
	 	Notes Redeemed in Part.	  	 	36	  
	 SECTION 3.07.
	 	Optional Redemption.	  	 	37	  
	 SECTION 3.08.
	 	Special Partial Mandatory Redemption; Open Market Purchases.	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 3.09.
	 	Offer to Purchase by Application of Net Proceeds Offer Amount.	  	 	38	  

  
 ii 

							
	
	ARTICLE IV	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	 	Payment of Notes.	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 4.02.
	 	Maintenance of Office or Agency.	  	 	40	  
	 SECTION 4.03.
	 	Reports.	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 4.04.
	 	Compliance Certificate.	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 4.05.
	 	[Intentionally Omitted].	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 4.06.
	 	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 4.07.
	 	Restricted Payments.	  	 	43	  
	 SECTION 4.08.
	 	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.	  	 	48	  
	 SECTION 4.09.
	 	Incurrence of Indebtedness.	  	 	49	  
	 SECTION 4.10.
	 	Asset Sales.	  	 	49	  
	 SECTION 4.11.
	 	Transactions with Affiliates.	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 4.12.
	 	Liens.	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 4.13.
	 	Conduct of Business.	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 4.14.
	 	Corporate Existence.	  	 	53	  
	 SECTION 4.15.
	 	Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control.	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 4.16.
	 	No Senior Subordinated Debt.	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 4.17.
	 	Additional Guarantees.	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 4.18.
	 	Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries.	  	 	56	  
	 SECTION 4.19.
	 	Suspension of Covenants.	  	 	56	  
	
	ARTICLE V	  
	
	SUCCESSORS	  
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets.	  	 	58	  
	 SECTION 5.02.
	 	Successor Corporation Substituted.	  	 	60	  
	
	ARTICLE VI	  
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	  
			
	 SECTION 6.01.
	 	Events of Default.	  	 	61	  
	 SECTION 6.02.
	 	Acceleration.	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 6.03.
	 	Other Remedies.	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.04.
	 	Waiver of Past Defaults.	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.05.
	 	Control by Majority.	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 6.06.
	 	Limitation on Suits.	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.07.
	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment.	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.08.
	 	Collection Suit by Trustee.	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.09.
	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 6.10.
	 	Priorities.	  	 	65	  
	 SECTION 6.11.
	 	Undertaking for Costs.	  	 	65	  

  
 iii 

							
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	
	TRUSTEE	  
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	 	Duties of Trustee.	  	 	66	  
	 SECTION 7.02.
	 	Rights of Trustee.	  	 	67	  
	 SECTION 7.03.
	 	Individual Rights of Trustee.	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 7.04.
	 	Trustee’s Disclaimer.	  	 	68	  
	 SECTION 7.05.
	 	Notice of Defaults.	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 7.06.
	 	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes.	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 7.07.
	 	Compensation and Indemnity.	  	 	69	  
	 SECTION 7.08.
	 	Replacement of Trustee.	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 7.09.
	 	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 7.10.
	 	Eligibility; Disqualification.	  	 	71	  
	 SECTION 7.11.
	 	Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.	  	 	72	  
	
	ARTICLE VIII	  
	
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE SECTION	  
			
	 SECTION 8.01.
	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 8.02.
	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge.	  	 	72	  
	 SECTION 8.03.
	 	Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 8.04.
	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 8.05.
	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 8.06.
	 	Satisfaction and Discharge.	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 8.07.
	 	Repayment to Company.	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 8.08.
	 	Reinstatement.	  	 	76	  
	 SECTION 8.09.
	 	Survival.	  	 	76	  
	
	ARTICLE IX	  
	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	  
			
	 SECTION 9.01.
	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes.	  	 	77	  
	 SECTION 9.02.
	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes.	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 9.03.
	 	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.	  	 	79	  
	 SECTION 9.04.
	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents.	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 9.05.
	 	Notation on, or Exchange of, Notes.	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 9.06.
	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.	  	 	80	  
	
	ARTICLE X	  
	
	SUBORDINATION	  
			
	 SECTION 10.01.
	 	Agreement to Subordinate.	  	 	80	  

  
 iv 

							
	 SECTION 10.02.
	 	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 10.03.
	 	Default on Senior Debt of the Company.	  	 	81	  
	 SECTION 10.04.
	 	Acceleration of Payment of Notes.	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 10.05.
	 	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 10.06.
	 	Subrogation.	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 10.07.
	 	Relative Rights.	  	 	82	  
	 SECTION 10.08.
	 	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 10.09.
	 	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 10.10.
	 	Distribution or Notice to Representative.	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 10.11.
	 	Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate.	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 10.12.
	 	Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 10.13.
	 	Trustee Entitled to Rely.	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 10.14.
	 	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 10.15.
	 	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of the Company.	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 10.16.
	 	Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of the Company on Subordination Provisions.	  	 	85	  
	
	ARTICLE XI	  
	
	GUARANTEES	  
			
	 SECTION 11.01.
	 	Guarantees.	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 11.02.
	 	Limitation on Liability.	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 11.03.
	 	Successors and Assigns.	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 11.04.
	 	No Waiver.	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 11.05.
	 	Modification.	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 11.06.
	 	[Intentionally Omitted].	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 11.07.
	 	Release of Guarantor.	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 11.08.
	 	Contribution.	  	 	88	  
	
	ARTICLE XII	  
	
	SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES	  
			
	 SECTION 12.01.
	 	Agreement to Subordinate.	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 12.02.
	 	Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 12.03.
	 	Default on Senior Debt of Guarantor.	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 12.04.
	 	Demand for Payment.	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 12.05.
	 	When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 12.06.
	 	Subrogation.	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 12.07.
	 	Relative Rights.	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 12.08.
	 	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 12.09.
	 	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 12.10.
	 	Distribution or Notice to Representative.	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 12.11.
	 	Article 12 Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Demand Payment.	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 12.12.
	 	Trustee Entitled to Rely.	  	 	92	  

  
 v 

							
	 SECTION 12.13.
	 	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 12.14.
	 	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantor.	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 12.15.
	 	Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or Guarantors on Subordination Provisions.	  	 	93	  
	
	ARTICLE XIII	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS	  
			
	 SECTION 13.01.
	 	Trust Indenture Act Controls.	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 13.02.
	 	Notices.	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 13.03.
	 	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 13.04.
	 	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 13.05.
	 	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 13.06.
	 	Rules by Trustee and Agents.	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 13.07.
	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 13.08.
	 	Governing Law.	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 13.09.
	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 13.10.
	 	Successors.	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 13.11.
	 	Severability.	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 13.12.
	 	Counterpart Originals.	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 13.13.
	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 13.14.
	 	Waiver of Trial by Jury.	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 13.15.
	 	Agreement to Provide Certain Tax-Related Information to the Trustee.	  	 	97	  
		
	 APPENDIX AND EXHIBITS
	  			
		
	 RULE 144A/REGULATION S APPENDIX
	  			
			
	 Exhibit A
	 	FORM OF INITIAL NOTE	  			
			
	 Exhibit B
	 	FORM OF EXCHANGE NOTE	  			

  
 vi 

 INDENTURE dated as of June 9, 2016, among TransDigm Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), TransDigm Group Incorporated, a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Guarantors (as herein defined) and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., a
national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 The Company, Holdings, the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as
follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as herein defined): 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 

SECTION 1.01. Definitions. 

“2010 Transactions” means the closing of the Acquisition, offering of the 2018 Notes on December 14, 2010,
borrowings made on December 14, 2010 pursuant to the Credit Facilities and the repayment of certain Indebtedness of the Company and Holdings with the proceeds of such borrowings and issuance of the 2018 Notes. 

“2013 Accounts Receivable Facility” means the 364-day, $250 million revolving accounts receivable securitization facility,
entered into on October 21, 2013, by the Company, as further described in the Final Offering Memorandum. 
 “2014
Transactions” means the offering of the 2022 Notes and the 2024 Notes on June 4, 2014, the borrowings made on the June 4, 2014 pursuant to the Credit Facilities and the repayment of the 2018 Notes with the
proceeds of such offerings and borrowings. 
 “2015 Transactions” means the offering of the 2025 Notes on May 14,
2015, and the borrowing of the 2022 Term Loans pursuant to the Credit Facilities. 
 “2016 Transactions” means offering of
the Notes on the Issue Date and borrowings of the 2023 Term Loans pursuant to the Credit Facilities as described in the Final Offering Memorandum. 

“2018 Notes” means the Company’s 7.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 issued under the Indenture dated
December 14, 2010 among the Company, Holdings and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

“2020 Notes” means the Company’s 5.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2020 issued under the Indenture dated
October 15, 2012, among the Company, Holdings and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

“2021 Notes” means the Company’s 7.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2021 issued under the Indenture dated
July 1, 2013, among the Company, Holdings and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

 “2022 Notes” means the Company’s 6.000% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2022 issued under the Indenture dated June 4, 2014, among the Company, Holdings and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

“2022 Term Loans” means up to $1,040,000,000 of term loans due 2022 borrowed by the Company pursuant to the Credit Facilities
on or about the date of the closing of the Pexco Acquisition. 
 “2023 Term Loans” means up to $950,000,000 of term loans
due 2023 borrowed by the Company pursuant to the Credit Facilities on or about the date of the closing of the DDC Acquisition. 

“2024 Notes” means the Company’s 6.500% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024 issued under the Indenture dated
June 4, 2014, among the Company, Holdings and the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

“2025 Notes” means the Company’s 6.500% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2025 issued under the Indenture dated May 14,
2015, among the Company, Holdings, the subsidiary guarantors from time to time party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee. 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or at the time it merges or consolidates with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, including Indebtedness incurred by
such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition, merger or consolidation. 

“Acquisition” means the acquisition of all the equity interests of McKechnie Aerospace Holdings, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, from McKechnie Holdings LLC, pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2010, by and among McKechnie Holdings LLC, the Company and Holdings. 

“Additional Interest” means all additional interest then owing pursuant to Section 6 of the Registration Rights
Agreement. 
 “Additional Notes” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.03, 6.375% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2026 issued from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.09 or 3.06 of this Indenture and other than Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes
issued pursuant to an exchange offer for other Notes outstanding under this Indenture). 

  
 2 

 “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any redemption date, as provided
by the Company, (1) the yield, under the heading which represents the average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most recently published statistical release designated “H. 15(519)” or any successor publication which
is published weekly by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury Constant Maturities,”
for the maturity corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months before or after the Initial Redemption Date, yields for the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the Comparable Treasury Issue
shall be determined and the Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month) or (2) if such release (or any successor release) is not published during the
week preceding the calculation date or does not contain such yields, the rate per year equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable
Treasury Price for such redemption date, in each case calculated on the third Business Day immediately preceding the date that the applicable redemption notice is first sent or mailed, in each case, plus 0.50%. 

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative of the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person
(other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) in whom a Securitization Entity makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
solely by reason of such Investment. 
 “Applicable Premium” means with respect to a Note at any redemption date, as
provided by the Company, the greater of (1) 1.00% of the principal amount of such Note and (2) the excess of (A) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note on the Initial Redemption Date
(such redemption price exclusive of any accrued and unpaid interest) plus (ii) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through the Initial Redemption Date (but excluding accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the
redemption date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Adjusted Treasury Rate, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such redemption date. 

“Asset Acquisition” means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other
Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company of the assets of any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) other than in the ordinary course of business. 

“Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered
into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale 

  
 3 

 
and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of: (a) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or
(b) any other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that Asset Sales or other dispositions shall not include (i) a
transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $10.0 million, (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted by Section 5.01 hereof or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control, (iii) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the
ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, (iv) disposals or replacements of obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business, (v) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other
transfer by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets or property to one or more Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with Investments permitted by Section 4.07 hereof or pursuant to any Permitted Investment, (vi) sales of
accounts receivable, equipment and related assets (including contract rights) of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Securitization Transaction” to a Securitization Entity for the fair market value thereof, including cash in
an amount at least equal to 75% of the fair market value thereof as determined in accordance with GAAP (for the purposes of this clause (vi), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash), (vii) dispositions of cash or Cash Equivalents; and
(viii) the creation of a Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien). 
 “Bank
Indebtedness” means all Obligations pursuant to the Credit Facilities. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S.
Code or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Board of Directors” means: (i) with respect to
a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation, (ii) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; and (iii) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such
Person serving a similar function. 
 “Board Resolution” means, with respect to any Person, a copy of a resolution
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of such Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification. 

“Business Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 

“Capital Stock” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents (however designated and whether or not voting) of corporate stock, including each class of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, of such Person and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any
and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligations” means, as to any Person,
the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized
amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP. 

  
 4 

 “Cash Equivalents” means: (i) marketable direct obligations issued by, or
unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof;
(ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at
the time of acquisition, having one of the three highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a
rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the
United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank or by a bank organized under the laws of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America, in each case having at the date
of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof); (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types
described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) above; and (vi) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types
described in clauses (i) through (v) above. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the
following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or Holdings to any Person or group of related Persons for
purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”) other than to the Company (in the case of the assets of Holdings); (ii) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for
the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture); or (iii) any Person or Group shall become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares representing more
than 50% of the total ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or Holdings. 

“Common Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests or other participations in, and other equivalents (however
designated and whether voting or non-voting) of such Person’s common stock, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or issued after the Issue Date, and includes all series and classes of such common stock. 

“Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor
and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities. 

“Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Quotation Agent as having a maturity
comparable to the remaining term of the Notes from the redemption date to the Initial Redemption Date, that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt
securities of a maturity most nearly equal to the Initial Redemption Date. 

  
 5 

 “Comparable Treasury Price” means, with respect to any redemption date, if
clause (2) of the Adjusted Treasury Rate definition is applicable, the average of three, or such lesser number as is provided to the Company, Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of such Person’s
(i) Consolidated Net Income; and (ii) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby: (A) all income taxes and foreign withholding taxes and taxes based on capital and commercial activity (or similar taxes)
of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period; (B) Consolidated Interest Expense; (C) Consolidated Non-cash Charges less any non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income
for such period (other than normal accruals in the ordinary course of business), all as determined on a consolidated basis for such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP; (D) restructuring costs, facilities relocation
costs and acquisition integration costs and fees, including cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions; (E) any expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Permitted Investment, acquisition, disposition,
recapitalization or the incurrence of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred by this Indenture, including a refinancing thereof (whether or not successful) and any amendment or modification to the terms of any such transactions, including such fees,
expenses or charges related to the 2010 Transactions, the 2014 Transactions, the 2015 Transactions or the 2016 Transactions; (F) any write-offs, write-downs or other non-cash charges, excluding any such charge that represents an accrual or
reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period and the write-off or write-down of current assets; (G) the amount of any expense related to minority interests; (H) the amount of any earn-out payments or deferred purchase price in
conjunction with acquisitions; (I) any costs or expenses incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock
subscription or stockholders agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Company or net cash proceeds of issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (other than
Disqualified Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock); (J) any Dividend Equivalent Payments; and (iii) decreased by (without duplication) non-cash gains increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, excluding any
gains that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period (other than such cash charges that have been added back to Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in
accordance with this definition). 
 “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the
ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four-Quarter Period”) ending prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage
Ratio for which internal financial statements are available (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four-Quarter Period. In addition to, and without limitation of, the foregoing, for purposes of
this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to (i) the incurrence or

  
 6 

 
repayment of any Indebtedness or the issuance of any Designated Preferred Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to
the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness or the issuance or redemption of other Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds thereof), other than the incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness in
the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes pursuant to revolving credit facilities, occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction
Date, as if such incurrence or repayment or issuance or redemption, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), had occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period; and (ii) any Asset Sales or other dispositions or
Asset Acquisitions (including any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset
Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale or other disposition and without
regard to clause (vi) of the definition of Consolidated Net Income), investments, mergers, consolidations and disposed operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to
the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any such Acquired Indebtedness), investment, merger,
consolidation or disposed operation, occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give
effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such other Indebtedness that was so guaranteed. 

Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this
“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: (i) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued
at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; and (ii) notwithstanding clause (i) of this paragraph, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the
extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements. 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings
relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the
Company. In addition, any such pro forma calculation may include adjustments appropriate, in the reasonable determination of the Company, to reflect operating expense reductions reasonably expected to result from any acquisition or merger. 

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication:
(i) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus (ii) the product of 

  
 7 

 
(x) the amount of all cash dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one
minus the then-current effective consolidated Federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal (as estimated in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company, which estimate shall be conclusive); plus
(iii) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then-current
effective consolidated Federal, state and local income tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal (as estimated in good faith by the chief financial officer of the Company, which estimate shall be conclusive); provided that, with respect
to any series of Preferred Stock that did not pay cash dividends during such period but that is eligible to pay dividends during any period prior to the maturity date of the Notes, cash dividends shall be deemed to have been paid with respect to
such series of Preferred Stock during such period for purposes of this clause (iii). 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication: (1) the aggregate of all cash and non-cash interest expense (net of interest income) with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, including the net costs associated with Interest Swap Obligations, for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, but excluding (i) amortization or write-off of debt issuance costs, deferred
financing fees, commissions, fees and expenses, (ii) any expensing of bridge, commitment and other financing fees, (iii) commissions, discounts, yield and other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified
Securitization Transaction; and (iv) any prepayment fee or premium paid in connection with the refinancing or repayment of any Indebtedness; (2) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was
capitalized during such period; and (3) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the aggregate net
income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP and without any deduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided that there shall be
excluded therefrom to the extent otherwise included, without duplication: (i) gains and losses from Asset Sales (without regard to the $10.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) and the related tax effects according to GAAP;
(ii) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP; (iii) all extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, gains and losses (including all restructuring costs, facilities
relocation costs, acquisition integration costs and fees, including cash severance payments made in connection with acquisitions, and any expense or charge related to the repurchase of Capital Stock or warrants or options to purchase Capital Stock),
and the related tax effects according to GAAP; (iv) the net income (or loss) from disposed or discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposal of disposed or discontinued operations, and the related tax effects according to GAAP;
(v) any impairment charge or asset write-off (other than the write-off or write-down of current assets), in each case pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP; (vi) the net income (or loss) of any
Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged or consolidated with or into 

  
 8 

 
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (vii) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (ii) of Section 4.07,
the net income (but not loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Guarantor) to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of that income is not at the
date of determination wholly permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute,
rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders, unless such restriction with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived; provided that Consolidated
Net Income of the Company will be increased by the amount of dividends or other distributions or other payments actually paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such
period, to the extent not already included therein; (viii) the net loss of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (ix) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, except to the
extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by such Person; (x) in the case of a successor to the referent Person by consolidation or merger or as a transferee of the referent
Person’s assets, any earnings of the successor corporation prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets; (xi) any non-cash compensation charges and deferred compensation charges, including any arising from existing stock
options resulting from any merger or recapitalization transaction; provided, however, that Consolidated Net Income for any period shall be reduced by any cash payments made during such period by such Person in connection with any
such deferred compensation, whether or not such reduction is in accordance with GAAP; and (xii) inventory and backlog purchase accounting adjustments and amortization and impairment charges resulting from other purchase accounting adjustments
with respect to acquisition transactions. For purposes of clause (ii)(v) of Section 4.07, Consolidated Net Income shall be reduced by any cash dividends paid with respect to any series of Designated Preferred Stock. 

“Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization
and other non-cash charges, impairments and expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges that require an accrual of, or a reserve for, cash payments for any future period other than accruals or reserves associated with mandatory repurchases of equity securities). For clarification
purposes, purchase accounting adjustments with respect to inventory will be included in Consolidated Non-cash Charges. 
 “Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 13.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company. 

“Credit Facilities” means the second amended and restated credit agreement dated as of June 4, 2014 among the
Company, Holdings, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders thereunder, Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent and collateral agent, and any other agent party thereto, and any amendments, supplements, modifications, extensions,
replacements, renewals, restatements, refundings or refinancings thereof and any indentures or credit facilities 

  
 9 

 
or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional lenders or investors that extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease any part of the loans, notes, other credit
facilities or commitments thereunder, including any such replacement, refunding or refinancing facility or indenture that increases the amount borrowable thereunder or alters the maturity thereof (provided that such increase in borrowings is
permitted under Section 4.09). 
 “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or
other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in currency values. 

“DDC Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Company of ILC Holdings, Inc., the parent company of Data Device Corporation,
pursuant to the DDC Acquisition Agreement. 
 “DDC Acquisition Agreement” means the agreement and plan of merger dated as
of May 23, 2016, by and among the Company, Thunder Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, ILC Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Behrman Capital PEP L.P., as the signing stockholder, and
Behrman Capital PEP L.P., as the equityholder representative. 
 “Definitive Note” has the meaning set forth in the
Appendix hereto. 
 “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the
giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Description of Notes” means the “Description of the
Notes” section of the Final Offering Memorandum. 
 “Designated Non-cash Consideration” means any non-cash
consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale (including any Asset Sale occurring after the Issue Date and prior to the Issue Date) that is designated as Designated Non-cash
Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate executed by the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such Asset Sale. Any particular item of Designated
Non-cash Consideration will cease to be considered to be outstanding once it has been sold for cash or Cash Equivalents. 

“Designated Preferred Stock” means Preferred Stock that is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an
Officers’ Certificate executed by the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer of the Company, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause (ii)(w) of
the first paragraph of Section 4.07 hereof. 
 “Designated Senior Debt” means (i) Indebtedness under the Credit
Facilities and (ii) any other Indebtedness constituting Senior Debt which, at the time of determination, has an aggregate principal amount of at least $25.0 million and is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such Senior Debt as
“Designated Senior Debt”, including “Designated Senior Debt” for purposes of the 2020 Notes, the 2021 Notes, the 2022 Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2025 Notes, by the Company. 

  
 10 

 “Disqualified Capital Stock” means with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock
which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon the happening of any event, (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, (other than redeemable
only for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself Disqualified Capital Stock) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital
Stock, or (iii) is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased upon the occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part; in each case on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes; provided, however, that any
Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or
“change of control” occurring prior to the final maturity date of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock if: (A) the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital
Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the terms applicable to the Notes and described in Sections 4.10 and 4.15 hereof, respectively; and (B) any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with
such terms applicable to the Notes, including the purchase of any Notes tendered pursuant thereto. 
 “Dividend Equivalent
Payment” means a payment in cash or Cash Equivalents to any director, officer or employee of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that is a holder of unexercised warrants, options or other rights to acquire Qualified Capital Stock (other
than Qualified Capital Stock that is Preferred Stock) of Holdings, which payment represents a dividend or distribution by Holdings that such holder would have received had such holder’s warrants, options or other rights to acquire been
exercised on the date of such dividend or distribution. 
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is incorporated under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia. 

“Equity Offering” means any issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings or the Company; provided that, in the
event such equity issuance is not in the form of a public offering registered under the Securities Act, the proceeds received by the Company directly or indirectly from such offering are not less than $10.0 million. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute or statutes thereto. 

“Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Appendix hereto. 

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, Marketable Securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company after
December 14, 2010 from (i) contributions to its common equity capital and (ii) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit
plan or agreement of the Company) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock and Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an officers’ certificate executed by an
executive vice president and the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in clause
(ii) of Section 4.07. 

  
 11 

 “fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the price
which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall
be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in good faith. 
 “Final Offering Memorandum”
means the final version of the offering memorandum related to the offering of the Notes, dated May 25, 2016. 
 “Foreign
Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary. 

“Four-Quarter Period” has the meaning specified in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of
the accounting profession of the United States of America, as in effect as of December 14, 2010. 
 “Government
Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America, and for the payment of which the United States pledges its full faith and credit. 

“Group” has the meaning specified in the definition of Change of Control. 

“Guarantee” means (i) the guarantee of the Notes by Holdings and the Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture; and (ii) the guarantee of the Notes by any Restricted Subsidiary required under the terms of Section 4.17 hereof. 

“Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary that incurs a Guarantee; provided that upon the release and discharge of
any such Restricted Subsidiary from its Guarantee in accordance with Section 11.07 hereof, such Restricted Subsidiary shall cease to be a Guarantor. 

“Hedging Agreement” means any agreement with respect to the hedging of price risk associated with the purchase of commodities
used in the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, so long as any such agreement has been entered into in the ordinary course of business and not for purposes of speculation. 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered. 

  
 12 

 “Holdings” means TransDigm Group Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, and
its successors. 
 “Immaterial Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company that (i) contributed 2.5% or less of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the period of four fiscal quarters most recently ended more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date of determination and
(ii) had consolidated assets representing 2.5% or less of Total Assets on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter ended more than forty-five (45) days prior to the date of determination. 

“Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication, (i) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed
money, (ii) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (iv) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the
deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business),
(v) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction, (vi) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses
(i) through (v) above and clause (viii) below, (vii) all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) which are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person, the
amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset and the amount of the Obligation so secured, (viii) all Obligations under Currency Agreements and interest swap agreements of such Person
and (ix) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed
repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, the term “Indebtedness” will exclude post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such
payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable, and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and
determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter. For clarification purposes, the liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to make periodic payments to licensors in consideration for the license of patents and technical
information under license agreements in existence on the Issue Date and any amount payable in respect of a settlement of disputes with respect to such payments thereunder shall not constitute Indebtedness. 

For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase
price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and, if
such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.
For the purposes 

  
 13 

 
of calculating the amount of Indebtedness of a Securitization Entity outstanding as of any date, the face or notional amount of any interest in receivables or equipment that is outstanding as of
such date shall be deemed to be Indebtedness, but any such interests held by Affiliates of such Securitization Entity shall be excluded for purposes of such calculation. 

For the purposes hereof, the amount of any Indebtedness described in clause (viii) of the first paragraph of this definition is the net
amount payable (after giving effect to permitted set off) if such Currency Agreements or interest swap agreements are terminated at that time due to a default of such Person. 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time. 

“Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Appendix hereto. 

“Initial Redemption Date” means June 15, 2021. 

“Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby,
directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other
Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements. 

“Investment” means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including a
guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds,
notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, any Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with normal trade practices of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be. Except as otherwise provided herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its fair market value at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in its fair
market value. 
 “Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s
and BBB– (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other Rating Agency. 
 “Issue Date” means
June 9, 2016. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New
York, the city in which the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment,
payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period. 

  
 14 

 “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest,
charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest). 

“Marketable Securities” means publicly traded debt or equity securities that are listed for trading on a national securities
exchange and that were issued by a corporation whose debt securities are rated in one of the three highest rating categories by either S&P or Moody’s. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto. 

“Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including
payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from
such Asset Sale net of: (i) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions and title and recording tax expenses); (ii) all Federal,
state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP as a consequence of such Asset Sale; (iii) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a
reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, after such Asset Sale, including pension and other post-employment benefit
liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale (iv) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in
Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such Asset Sale; and (v) all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or other security agreement of any
kind with respect to such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Sale, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Sale. 

“Notes” means, collectively, the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes, treated as a single class
of securities, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are issued pursuant to this Indenture. 

“Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements,
damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness. 
 “Officer” means, with respect
to any Person (other than the Trustee), the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any
Vice-President of such Person. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company,
one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer, the treasurer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, that meets the requirements of Sections 13.04 and 13.05 hereof. 

  
 15 

 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee from
legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 
 “Permitted
Business” means any business (including stock or assets) that derives a majority of its revenues from the business engaged in by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and/or activities that are reasonably similar,
ancillary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date. 

“Permitted Indebtedness” means, without duplication, each of the following: 

(i) Indebtedness under the Notes (other than any Additional Notes); 

(ii) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities in an
aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed $2,900.0 million, less: (a) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of Securitization Entities at the time outstanding, (b) the amount of all mandatory principal payments
actually made by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary since the Issue Date with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale in respect of term loans under a credit facility (excluding any such payments to the extent refinanced at the time of
payment) and (c) any repayments of revolving credit borrowings under the Credit Facilities with the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale that are accompanied by a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder; provided that the amount of
Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Credit Facilities in accordance with this clause (ii) shall be in addition to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to a credit facility in reliance on, and in accordance with,
clauses (vii), (xiii), (xiv) and (xv) below; 
 (iii) other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
outstanding on the Issue Date (including the 2020 Notes, the 2021 Notes, the 2022 Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2025 Notes) reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments or mandatory prepayments when actually paid
or permanent reductions therein; 
 (iv) Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any Indebtedness to which any such Interest Swap Obligations correspond is otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided,
further, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into, in the judgment of the Company, to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuation in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness; 

(v) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under Hedging Agreements and Currency Agreements; 

(vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the
Company and any such Restricted 

  
 16 

 
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that: (a) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, and the payee is a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor, such
Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes and (b) (1) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Capital Stock that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (2) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof (other than by way of granting a Lien
permitted under this Indenture or in connection with the exercise of remedies by a secured creditor) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
that was not permitted by this clause (vi); 
 (vii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any person owning such assets) in an
aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed $150.0 million; 
 (viii) Refinancing Indebtedness (other than
Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (ii) of this definition); 
 (ix)
guarantees by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of each other’s Indebtedness; provided that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, further, that in the event such
Indebtedness (other than Acquired Indebtedness) is incurred pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, such guarantees are by the Company or a Guarantor only; 

(x) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn-out or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than guarantees of
Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such
Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition; 

(xi) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business; 
 (xii) the incurrence by a Securitization Entity
of Indebtedness in a Qualified Securitization Transaction that is non-recourse to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings); 

  
 17 

 (xiii) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of the Guarantors in
connection with the acquisition of a Permitted Business; provided that on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof and the use of proceeds therefrom, either (A) the Company would be
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of Section 4.09 hereof or (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would be greater
than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness; 

(xiv) additional Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors (which amount may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in
part under a credit facility) (it being understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xiv) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xiv) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to
Section 4.09 hereof from and after the first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof without reliance on this clause (xiv), subject to further redivision
and reclassification pursuant to the final paragraph of this definition) in an aggregate principal amount that does not exceed $125.0 million at any one time outstanding; 

(xv) additional Indebtedness of the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount which (when combined with
the liquidation value of all series of outstanding Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock) does not exceed $150.0 million at any one time outstanding (which amount may, but need not, be incurred in whole or in part under a credit facility); (it being
understood that any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (xv) shall cease to be deemed incurred or outstanding for purposes of this clause (xv) but shall be deemed incurred pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof from and after the
first date on which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary could have incurred such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof without reliance on this clause (xv), subject to further redivision and reclassification pursuant to the final
paragraph of this definition); 
 (xvi) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a
check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five
Business Days of incurrence; and 
 (xvii) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by
letters of credit for the account of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, issued in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, including in order to provide security for workers’
compensation claims or payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements in the ordinary course of business and other Indebtedness with respect to workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations,
performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business. 

  
 18 

 For purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, in the event that an item
of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (i) through (xvii) above or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions
of Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, divide and classify (or later redivide and reclassify) such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with Section 4.09 hereof. Accrual of interest, accretion or
amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same
class of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock for purposes of Section 4.09 hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, all Indebtedness incurred in connection
with the 2016 Transactions under the 2023 Term Loans shall be deemed incurred as of the Issue Date pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio provisions of Section 4.09 hereof. 

“Permitted Investments” means: (i) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in which an Affiliate of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company holds a minority interest) (whether existing on the Issue Date or
created thereafter) or any other Person (including by means of any transfer of cash or other property) if, as a result of such Investment, such other Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company in which an Affiliate of the Company that is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company holds a minority interest) or that will merge with or consolidate into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and Investments in the
Company by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents; (iii) Investments in property and other assets owned or used by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of business; (iv) loans and advances (including payroll, travel and similar advances) to employees and officers of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for bona fide business purposes incurred in the ordinary course of business or
consistent with past practice or to fund such Person’s purchase of Capital Stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company pursuant to compensatory plans approved by the Board of Directors in good faith; (v) Currency
Agreements, Hedging Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; (vi) Investments in securities of trade creditors or customers received pursuant to
any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers or in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of such trade creditors or customers; (vii) Investments made by the
Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale made in compliance with Section 4.10 hereof; (viii) Investments required pursuant to any agreement or obligation of the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, in effect on the Issue Date, to make such Investments; (ix) Investments existing on the Issue Date; (x) accounts receivable created or acquired and advances to suppliers created or incurred in the ordinary
course of business; (xi) guarantees by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; (xii) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other
Investments made pursuant to this clause (xii) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (A) $150.0 million and (B) 4% of the Company’s Total Assets; (xiii) any

  
 19 

 
Investment by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in a Securitization Entity or any Investment by a Securitization Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Securitization
Transaction; provided that any Investment in a Securitization Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an equity interest; (xiv) Investments the payment for which consists exclusively of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company;
(xv) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary permitted by Section 4.09 hereof and (xii) any Investment in any Person to the extent it consists of prepaid
expenses, negotiable instruments held for collection and lease, utility and workers’ compensation, performance and other similar deposits made in the ordinary course of business. 

“Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock” means any series of Preferred Stock of a Foreign Restricted Subsidiary that
constitutes Qualified Capital Stock, the liquidation value of all series of which, when combined with the aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Foreign Restricted Subsidiaries incurred pursuant to clause (xv) of the definition of
Permitted Indebtedness, does not exceed $15.0 million. 
 “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited
liability company, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Pexco Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Company of certain assets of the Pexco Sellers pursuant to the Pexco
Acquisition Agreement. 
 “Pexco Acquisition Agreement” means the asset purchase agreement dated as of April 30, 2015,
by and among the Pexco Sellers and the Company. 
 “Pexco Sellers” means each of Pexco LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, and All-West Plastics, Incorporated, a California corporation. 
 “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any
Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation. 

“Private Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Appendix hereto. 

“Productive Assets” means assets (including Capital Stock) that are used or usable by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in Permitted Businesses. 
 “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Securitization Entity
evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a Qualified Securitization Transaction to a Securitization Entity, which note shall be repaid from cash available to the
Securitization Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest and principal and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables
or newly acquired equipment. 

  
 20 

 “Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified
Capital Stock. 
 “Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Capital Stock of any Person engaged in,
a Permitted Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Capital Stock shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith. 

“Qualified Securitization Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (i) a Securitization Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries); and (ii) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Securitization Entity), or may grant a security interest in any accounts receivable or equipment (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future) of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all collateral securing such accounts receivable and equipment, all contracts and contract rights and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts
receivable and equipment, proceeds of such accounts receivable and equipment and other assets (including contract rights) which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with assets
securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and equipment. For the avoidance of doubt, transactions consummated under the 2013 Accounts Receivable Facility (as in effect on the Issue Date) are Qualified Securitization Transactions.

 “Quotation Agent” means the Reference Treasury Dealer selected by the Company. 

“Rating Agencies” means Moody’s and S&P or, if Moody’s or S&P or both shall not make a rating on the Notes
publicly available, a nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company that shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P or both, as the case may be. 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any security or Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem,
defease or retire, or to issue a security or Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such security or Indebtedness in whole or in part. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer” means each of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and its successors and assigns, Credit Suisse
Securities (USA) LLC and its successors and assigns, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and its successors and assigns and UBS Securities LLC and its successors and assigns. 

“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the
average, as determined by the Company, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue, expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount, quoted in writing to the Company by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding date that the applicable redemption notice is first sent or mailed. 

  
 21 

 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means any Refinancing, modification, replacement,
restatement, refunding, deferral, extension, substitution, supplement, reissuance or resale of Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred (other than intercompany Indebtedness), including any additional Indebtedness incurred to
pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such then-existing or thereafter-incurred future Indebtedness as in effect at the time of issuance thereof (“Required Premiums”) and fees in connection therewith;
provided that any such event shall not (i) directly or indirectly result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Indebtedness (except to the extent such increase is a result of a simultaneous incurrence of
additional Indebtedness (A) to pay Required Premiums and related fees or (B) otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture); and (ii) create Indebtedness with a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Indebtedness
is incurred that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity at such time of the Indebtedness being refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended, substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company,
Holdings, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers of the Notes. 

“Representative” means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior
Debt; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Debt lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Debt shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal
amount of such Designated Senior Debt in respect of any Designated Senior Debt. 
 “Required Premiums” has the meaning set
forth in the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness. 
 “Responsible Officer,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means
any officer within the Corporate Trust Administration of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) who has direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any
other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (a division of McGraw Hill
Financial Inc.), or any successor thereto. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect
arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired,
which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property. 

  
 22 

 “SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. 

“Secured Debt” means any Indebtedness secured by a Lien. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

“Securitization Entity” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person in which the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable or equipment and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of
accounts receivable or equipment and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Securitization Entity (i) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which
(A) is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings); (B) is
recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; or (C) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings; (ii) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any
material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other
than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing receivables of such entity; and (iii) to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has any obligations to maintain or preserve such
entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results. For the avoidance of doubt, TransDigm Receivables LLC constitutes a Securitization Entity as of the Issue Date: 

Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of
the Board Resolution of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions. 

“Senior Debt” means the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing
of a petition of bankruptcy at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, any Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or any Guarantor, whether
outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter created, incurred or assumed, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such
Indebtedness shall be subordinate or pari passu in right of payment to the Notes or the Guarantees, as the case may be. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall also include the principal of, premium, if
any, interest (including any interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition of bankruptcy 

  
 23 

 
at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, whether or not such interest is an allowed claim under applicable law) on, and all other amounts owing in respect of:
(x) all monetary obligations of every nature of the Company, Holdings or any Guarantor under the Credit Facilities, including obligations to pay principal and interest, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, fees, expenses and
indemnities, (y) all Interest Swap Obligations (and guarantees thereof) and (z) all obligations (and guarantees thereof) under Currency Agreements and Hedging Agreements, in each case whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
incurred. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Senior Debt” shall not include (i) any Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or
a Guarantor to the Company, Holdings or to a Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or any Guarantor to, or guaranteed by the Company, Holdings or any Guarantor on behalf of, any shareholder, director, officer
or employee of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company (including amounts owed for compensation) other than a shareholder who is also a lender (or an Affiliate of a lender) under the Credit Facilities, (iii) any amounts payable
or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities but excluding secured purchase money obligations); (iv) Indebtedness represented by
Disqualified Capital Stock, (v) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, Holdings or any of the Guarantors, (vi) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred either in violation of Section 4.09
hereof (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (vi) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative and the Trustee shall have received an Officers’
Certificate of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or in the case of revolving credit indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing
thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of this Indenture), (vii) Indebtedness which, when incurred and without respect to any election under Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without recourse to the
Company, Holdings or any of the Guarantors, as applicable, and (viii) any Indebtedness which is, by its express terms, subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, Holdings or any of the Guarantors. 

“Senior Subordinated Debt” means with respect to a Person, the Notes, the 2020 Notes, the 2021 Notes, the
2022 Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2025 Notes (in the case of the Company), Guarantees or the guarantees of the 2020 Notes, the 2021 Notes, the 2022 Notes, the 2024 Notes and the 2025 Notes (in the case of a Guarantor
or Holdings) and any other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Notes or such Guarantee, as the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in
right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person which is not Senior Debt of such Person. 
 “Significant
Subsidiary,” with respect to any Person, means any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which are reasonably customary, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, in an accounts receivable or equipment transaction. 

  
 24 

 “Subsidiary” with respect to any Person, means (i) any corporation of which
the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person; or (ii) any other Person of
which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person. 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date on
which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA. 
 “Total Assets” means, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as set forth on the Company’s most recently available internal consolidated balance sheet as of such date. 

“Transaction Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Appendix hereto. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of
this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means (i )
any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be, or continue to be, designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below; and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary. 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly-acquired or newly-formed Subsidiary)
to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated or
another Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) the Company certifies to the Trustee that such designation complies with Section 4.07 hereof, and (ii) each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its Subsidiaries has not
at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if (x) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Company is able to
incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof and (y) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such designation, no Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced by a Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation
complied with the foregoing provisions. 

  
 25 

 Actions taken by an Unrestricted Subsidiary will not be deemed to have been taken, directly or
indirectly, by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any
Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) the then-outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (ii) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying: (A) the amount of each
then-remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof by (B) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse
between such date and the making of such payment. 
 “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such
Person of which all the outstanding voting securities (other than in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary that is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than a State in the United States of America or the District of Columbia, directors’
qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned by such Person or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person. 

SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Acceleration Notice”
	  	6.02
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	4.11
	 “Appendix”
	  	2.01
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	2.02
	 “Blockage Notice”
	  	10.03, 12.03
	 “Change of Control Offer”
	  	4.15
	 “Change of Control Payment Date”
	  	4.15
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	8.03
	 “Covenant Suspension Event”
	  	4.19
	 “Event of Default”
	  	6.01
	 “FATCA”
	  	13.15
	 “Guaranteed Obligations”
	  	11.01
	 “incur”
	  	4.09
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	4.12
	 “Legal Defeasance”
	  	8.02
	 “Net Proceeds Offer”
	  	4.10
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”
	  	4.10
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”
	  	4.10
	 “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”
	  	4.10
	 “Offer Period”
	  	3.09
	 “pay the Notes”
	  	10.03
	 “pay its Guarantee”
	  	12.03
	 “Paying Agent”
	  	2.03
	 “Payment Blockage Period”
	  	10.03, 12.03
	 “Payment Default”
	  	10.03, 12.03

  
 26 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section
	 “Purchase Date”
	  	3.09
	 “Reference Date”
	  	4.07
	 “Registrar”
	  	2.03
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	4.07
	 “Reversion Date”
	  	4.19
	 “Special Partial Mandatory Redemption”
	  	3.08
	 “Special Partial Mandatory Redemption Date”
	  	3.08
	 “Surviving Entity”
	  	5.01
	 “Suspended Covenants”
	  	4.19
	 “Suspension Date”
	  	4.19

 SECTION 1.03. Trust Indenture Act Definitions. 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

 The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: 

“indenture securities” means the Notes; 

“indenture trustee” means the Trustee; and 

“obligor” on the Notes and the Guarantees means the Company, Holdings and the Guarantors, respectively, and any successor
obligor upon the Notes and the Guarantees, respectively. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by
TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them. 
 SECTION 1.04. Rules
of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it; 

(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 

(3) “or” is not exclusive; 

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 

(5) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 

  
 27 

 (6) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act shall be deemed
to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and 
 (7)
references in this Indenture, in any context, to any interest or other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes shall be deemed to include any Additional Interest that is payable pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement. 

ARTICLE II 
 THE NOTES 

SECTION 2.01. Form and Dating. 

Provisions relating to the Initial Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the Rule 144A/Regulation S
Appendix attached hereto (the “Appendix”) which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A to the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Appendix, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, agreements to which
the Company is subject, if any, or usage (provided that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in the
Appendix and Exhibits A and B to the Appendix are part of the terms of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.02. Execution and Authentication.

 Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless. 
 A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on
the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 On the Issue Date, the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver $950,000,000 of 6.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026 and, at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount
specified in such order, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and an Assistant Secretary of the Company (each an “Authentication Order”). Such Authentication Order shall specify
the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes, Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes or such other information as
the Trustee shall reasonably request and, in the case of an issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.14 after the Issue Date, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09. 

  
 28 

 The Notes shall be issued only in registered form, without coupons and only in denominations of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to
authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such
agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as the Registrar or any Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 
 In
authenticating such Notes, and accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Notes, the Trustee shall receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon: 

(a)    A copy of the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors in or pursuant to which the terms and form of the
Notes were established, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect as of the date of such certificate, and if the terms and form of such
Notes are established by an Officers’ Certificate pursuant to general authorization of the Board of Directors, such Officers’ Certificate; 

(b)    an executed supplemental indenture, if any; 

(c)    an Officers’ Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 13.05 hereof; and 

(d)    an Opinion of Counsel which shall state that the Notes have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
of the Company and, when executed, issued and authenticated in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and delivered by the Trustee, will be the legally valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with their terms, subject to any conditions and qualifications specified in such Opinion of Counsel. 
 SECTION 2.03. Registrar and
Paying Agent. 
 The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their registration of transfer and exchange.
The Company may have one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or the Registrar without notice to any Holder. 

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with the Registrar or any Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall
incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. 

  
 29 

 
The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such
and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary incorporated or organized within the United States of America may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or transfer agent.

 The Company initially appoints the Depository (as defined in the Appendix) to act as depositary with respect to the Global Notes (as
defined in the Appendix). 
 The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent in connection with the Notes. The
Registrar and Paying Agent shall be entitled to the rights and immunities of the Trustee hereunder. 
 SECTION 2.04. Paying Agent to Hold
Money in Trust. 
 Prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time, on or prior to each due date of the principal, premium, if any, and interest
on any Note, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal, premium and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying
Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default by the Company
in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying
Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent
(if other than the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for
the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.05. Holder Lists. 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses
of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). 

SECTION 2.06. Transfer and Exchange. 

(a) The Notes shall be issued in registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note being transferred for
registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, such Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section 8-401(a) of the Uniform
Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request to 

  
 30 

 
exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. No service charge shall be made
for any registration of transfer or exchange or redemption of the Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer
taxes or other similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 3.09, 4.10, 4.15 or 9.05 hereof). 

(b) The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except
the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. 
 (c) All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 

(d) The Company shall not be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the
opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of notice of redemption under Section 3.03 hereof and ending at the close of business on such day, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption
in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date. 

(e) Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of beneficial interests in such Global Note may
be effected only through a book-entry system maintained by (a) the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent or the person on whose behalf the Global Note is held) or (b) any Holder of a beneficial interest in such Global Note, and that
ownership of beneficial interest in such Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry. 
 (f) Prior to due presentment for
the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Registrar and the Company may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Registrar or the Company shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

(g) None of the Company, the Trustee, any agent of the Company or the Trustee (including any Paying Agent or Registrar) will have any
responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership
interests. 
 (h) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on
transfer imposed under this Indenture or under 

  
 31 

 
applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among depositary participants or beneficial owners of interest in any global security)
other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial
compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 SECTION 2.07. Replacement Notes. 

If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar, or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully
taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If
required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity or a security bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Registrar from any loss which
any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note. 

Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionally with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Notes. 

Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those reductions in the interest in
a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does
not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to
Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding, and interest on it ceases
to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) segregates and holds in trust, in
accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case
may be, then, on and after that date, such Notes (or portions thereof) shall cease to be outstanding, and interest on them shall cease to accrue. 

  
 32 

 SECTION 2.09. Treasury Notes. 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned
by the Company, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 

SECTION 2.10. Temporary Notes. 

Until Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall
authenticate, temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without
unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare, and the Trustee shall authenticate, Definitive Notes and deliver them in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 

SECTION 2.11. Cancellation. 

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any
Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment, replacement or cancellation in accordance with its customary procedures and, if requested in writing, deliver a certificate of such disposal to the Company unless the Company directs the Trustee in writing to deliver canceled Notes to the
Company. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has redeemed, paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. 

SECTION 2.12. Defaulted Interest. 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted
interest at the applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be
fixed any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee (provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest) and shall
promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Holder a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. 

SECTION 2.13. CUSIP or ISIN Numbers. 

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or other similar identification numbers (if then generally in
use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP”, 

  
 33 

 
“ISIN” or such other similar identification numbers in notices of redemption or repurchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any
such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or the omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or such other similar identification numbers. 

SECTION 2.14. Issuance of Additional Notes. 

The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall
have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price. The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes
issued in exchange therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. 
 With respect to any Additional
Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officers’ Certificate of the Company, a copy of each which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 

(1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 

(2) the issue price, the issue date and the “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or other similar identification numbers of such
Additional Notes; 
 (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Notes and issued in the form of Initial Notes as
set forth in the Appendix to this Indenture or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set forth in Exhibit B to the Appendix; and 

(4) if any Additional Notes are not fungible with any of the Notes then outstanding for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Additional
Notes will have a separate CUSIP number. 
 ARTICLE III  

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT 

SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. 

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof or becomes obligated to
redeem the Notes pursuant to the special partial mandatory redemption provisions of Section 3.08(b) hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days (or such shorter period, as agreed to by the Trustee,
or upon the date it becomes obligated to redeem the Notes pursuant to the special partial mandatory redemption provisions of Section 3.08(b) hereof)) before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the redemption
date, (ii) the redemption price and (iii) the “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or other similar identification numbers of the Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 34 

 SECTION 3.02. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time and in connection with a Special Partial
Mandatory Redemption, DTC shall select the Notes to be redeemed or purchased among the Holders in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, provided for the avoidance of
doubt; or, if the Notes are not so listed, by lot or otherwise in accordance with the procedures of the depository. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein,
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption. 

Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in integral multiples of $2,000. The provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for
redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. 
 SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or on the date it
becomes obligated to redeem the Notes pursuant to the special partial mandatory redemption provisions of Section 3.08(b) hereof), the Company shall send to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) in the case of Global Notes, or
mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address in the case of certificated notes. 

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed, including “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or other similar identification numbers, if
any, and shall state: 
 (a) the redemption date; 

(b) the redemption price (or manner of calculation if not then known); 

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the
redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent; 

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price; 

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to
accrue on and after the redemption date; 

  
 35 

 (g) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to
which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
 (h) that no representation is made as to the correctness or
accuracy of the “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or other similar identification number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided,
however, that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 days prior to the date the Company wishes the notice to be given, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information
to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph. 
 SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. 

Once notice of redemption is sent or mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due
and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
 SECTION 3.05. Deposit of
Redemption Price. 
 Prior to 10:00 a.m New York time on the redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the
Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying
Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed. 

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on
the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name
such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall
be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and, to the extent lawful, on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the applicable interest rate on the Notes. 

SECTION 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part. 

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company, a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 

  
 36 

 SECTION 3.07. Optional Redemption. 

(a) Beginning on the Initial Redemption Date, the Company shall be entitled to redeem the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) at
its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June 15 of the year set forth below: 
  

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2021
	  	 	103.188	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.594	% 
	 2023 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) The Company shall pay all accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes redeemed (subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date). 
 (c) Any redemption pursuant
to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 
 (d) In addition, prior to
June 15, 2019 the Company shall be entitled at its option on one or more occasions to redeem Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
(which includes Additional Notes, if any) originally issued at a redemption price (calculated by the Company and expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 106.375%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), with an amount not to exceed the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings (provided that if the Equity
Offering is an offering by Holdings, a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company); provided, however, that: (1) at least 65%
of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes held, directly or indirectly by the Company or its Affiliates); and
(2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the related Equity Offering. 
 (e) Notice of any redemption upon any
Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the completion of the related Equity Offering. 

(f) Prior to the Initial Redemption Date, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes at a redemption
price (calculated by the Company) equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Notice of such redemption shall be sent to DTC in the case of Global Notes, or mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in the case of certificated notes (and,
to the extent permitted by applicable procedures and regulations, electronically), not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date. 

  
 37 

 SECTION 3.08. Special Partial Mandatory Redemption; Open Market Purchases. 

(a) Except as set forth in clause (b) below, the Company is not required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 (b) If (i) the DDC Acquisition is not consummated, or the DDC Acquisition Agreement is terminated, on or prior
to October 22, 2016 or (ii) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing, or otherwise announces, that it will not pursue the consummation of the DDC Acquisition, then the Company shall redeem $450.0 million of the Notes (the
“Special Partial Mandatory Redemption”) on the third Business Day following the earlier to occur of (i) and (ii) (the “Special Partial Mandatory Redemption Date”) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Partial Mandatory Redemption Date. In the event of a redemption pursuant to this Section 3.08(b), the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee
three Business Days prior to the Special Partial Mandatory Redemption Date. 
 (c) The Company shall be entitled at its option at any time
and from time to time to purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise. 
 SECTION 3.09. Offer to Purchase by Application of Net
Proceeds Offer Amount. 
 In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence a Net
Proceeds Offer, it shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 The Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days
following its commencement or such longer period as may be required by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “Purchase Date”), the
Company shall purchase the Net Proceeds Offer Amount (as defined in Section 4.10 hereof) or, if less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Net Proceeds Offer. Payment for any Notes so
purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. 
 If the Purchase Date is on or after an interest record date and
on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who
tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. 
 Upon the commencement of a Net Proceeds Offer, the Company shall send, by first class
mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders. The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer. The Net Proceeds Offer shall be made to all Holders.
The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Net Proceeds Offer, shall state: 

  
 38 

 (a) that the Net Proceeds Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09
and Section 4.10 hereof and the length of time the Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open and, if the Net Proceeds Offer is also made to holders of other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company pursuant
to Section 4.10 hereof, the notice shall identify such Senior Subordinated Debt and state that the Net Proceeds Offer is also made to holders of such Senior Subordinated Debt; 

(b) the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date; 

(c) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest; 

(d) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer
shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date; 
 (e) that Holders electing to have a portion of a Note purchased
pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer may only elect to have such Note purchased in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; 

(f) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Net Proceeds Offer shall be required to surrender the Note,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in
the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date; 
 (g) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if
the Company, the depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the
Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing its election to have such Note purchased; 

(h) that, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders and other Senior Subordinated Debt surrendered by
the holders thereof exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes and other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be purchased in accordance with the depository’s procedures (based
on the amounts of Notes and such other Senior Subordinated Debt tendered and with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes or other Senior Subordinated Debt in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and 
 (i) that Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be
issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer). 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent
necessary, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount of Notes and other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the 

  
 39 

 
Company or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, or if less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes and other Senior Subordinated Debt of the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or portions thereof tendered, and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or such other Senior Subordinated Debt or portions thereof were accepted for
payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Company, the Depository or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to
each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Company for purchase, and the Company shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Company, shall
authenticate and mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The
Company shall publicly announce the results of the Net Proceeds Offer on the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this
Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof. 

To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof, the
Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 3.09 or Section 4.10 hereof. 

ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS 

SECTION 4.01. Payment of Notes. 

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal amount, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner
provided in the Notes. Principal amount, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 10:00 a.m. New York time on the due date money
deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, on the Transfer Restricted Notes in
the same manner on the same dates and in the amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 The Company shall pay interest
(including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at a rate equal to the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including postpetition interest in any
proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. 

SECTION 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. 

The Company shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an
affiliate of the Trustee or any 

  
 40 

 
Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. 

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any
or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the
Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York for such purposes. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency. 

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with
Section 2.03 hereof. 
 SECTION 4.03. Reports. 

(a) Whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the
Holders (i) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” that describes the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (showing in reasonable detail, either on the face of the financial
statements or in the footnotes thereto and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from
the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company) and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants and (ii) all current
reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports, in each case, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations. For so long as Holdings or
another direct or indirect parent company of the Company is a guarantor of the Notes, this Indenture will permit the Company to satisfy its obligations under the first sentence of this Section 4.03(a) by furnishing financial information
relating to Holdings; provided that the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings, on the one hand, and the information relating to the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand. In addition, whether or not required by the rules and regulations of the SEC, the Company shall file a copy of all such information and reports with the SEC for
public availability within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and regulations (unless the SEC will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective investors upon request. 

  
 41 

 (b) The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a). 

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Holders and prospective investors, upon
their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 (d) Should the
Company deliver to the Trustee any such information, reports or certificates or any annual reports, information, documents and other reports pursuant to TIA § 314(a), delivery of such information, reports or certificates or any annual
reports, information, documents and other reports to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates). 

SECTION 4.04. Compliance Certificate. 

(a) The Company and each Guarantor (to the extent that such Guarantor is so required under the TIA) shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90
days after the end of each fiscal year commencing in 2015, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing
Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to the best of his or her
knowledge, the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to the best of his or
her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. For purposes of this paragraph, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture. 

(b) The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any
Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 

SECTION 4.05. [Intentionally Omitted]. 

SECTION 4.06. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead,
or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture;

  
 42 

 
and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it shall not, by resort
to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 

SECTION 4.07. Restricted Payments. 

The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly: 

(1) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on, or in respect of, shares of the Company’s or any Restricted
Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to holders of such Capital Stock (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock of the Company and dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and other than
pro rata dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to minority stockholders (or owners of an equivalent interest in the case of a Subsidiary that is an entity other than a corporation)); 

(2) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or of any direct or indirect
parent of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital
Stock; 
 (3) make any principal payment on, purchase, defease, redeem, prepay, decrease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value, prior to any scheduled final maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Indebtedness of the Company, or of any Guarantor, that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or any Guarantee, as applicable
(other than (x) any Indebtedness permitted under clause (vi) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” and (y) the purchase, defeasance or other acquisition of such Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a
sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of such purchase, defeasance or other acquisition); or 

(4) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) 

(each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”); if at the
time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto: 
 (i) a Default or an Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing; or 
 (ii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments (including such proposed Restricted
Payment) made subsequent to December 14, 2010 (other than Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), (11), (12), (13) and (14) of the following paragraph) shall exceed the sum of,
without duplication: 

  
 43 

 (u) $400 million; plus 

(v) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss,
minus 100% of such loss) of the Company earned subsequent to October 1, 2010 and on or prior to the date the Restricted Payment occurs (the “Reference Date”) (treating such period as a single accounting period);
plus 
 (w) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds (including the fair market value of property (as determined
by the Company in good faith) other than cash that would constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to
December 14, 2010 and on or prior to the Reference Date of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (other than Excluded Contributions); plus 

(x) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (ii)(w) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of
any equity contribution received subsequent to December 14, 2010 by the Company from a holder of the Company’s Capital Stock; plus 

(y) the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced on the Company’s balance sheet upon the conversion or
exchange subsequent to December 14, 2010 of any Indebtedness of the Company for Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (less the amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property, distributed by the Company upon such conversion
or exchange); provided, however, that the foregoing amount shall not exceed the net cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the sale of such Indebtedness (excluding net cash proceeds from sales to a Subsidiary of the
Company or to an employee stock ownership plan or a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees); plus 

(z) an amount equal to the sum of (I) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of
property other than cash that would constitute Marketable Securities or a Permitted Business) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary subsequent to December 14, 2010 (A) from any sale or other disposition of any
Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) representing the return of capital or principal (excluding dividends and
distributions otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income) with respect to such Investment and (II) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net
assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at any time subsequent to December 14, 2010 such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that, in the case of item (II), the foregoing sum shall
not exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments (excluding Permitted Investments) previously made (and treated as a Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

  
 44 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph
shall not prohibit: 
 (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days
after the date of declaration of such dividend or notice of such redemption if the dividend or payment of the redemption price, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of declaration or notice; 

(2) any Restricted Payment made out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale of, or made by exchange
for, Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their
employees and other than Designated Preferred Stock) or a substantially concurrent cash capital contribution received by the Company from its stockholders; provided, however, that the net cash proceeds from such sale or such cash
capital contribution (to the extent so used for such Restricted Payment) shall be excluded from the calculation of amounts under clauses (ii)(w) and (ii)(x) of the immediately preceding paragraph; 

(3) the acquisition of any Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor that is subordinate or junior in right of payment
to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale for cash (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Refinancing Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to
the Notes or the applicable Guarantee; 
 (4) Dividend Equivalent Payments and payments to a direct or indirect parent
of the Company for the purpose of permitting any of such entities to redeem or repurchase common equity or options in respect thereof, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions of employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or
other agreements to compensate management employees or upon the death, disability, retirement, severance or termination of employment of management employees; provided that all such Dividend Equivalent Payments and redemptions or repurchases
pursuant to this clause (4) shall not exceed in any fiscal year the sum of (A) $25 million in any fiscal year carried over to succeeding fiscal years (with unused amounts (including $71.6 million remaining unused under the
2021 Notes) so carrying over as of the Issue Date) subject to a maximum (without giving effect to the following clause (B)) of $50 million in any fiscal year plus (B) any amounts not utilized in any preceding fiscal year
following December 14, 2010 that were otherwise available under this clause (4) for such purchases (which aggregate amount shall be increased by the amount of any net cash proceeds received from the sale since
December 14, 2010 of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) to members of the Company’s management team that have not otherwise been applied to the payment of Restricted Payments pursuant to the terms of clause
(ii) of the immediately preceding paragraph or clause (2) of this paragraph and by the cash proceeds of any “key-man” life insurance policies which are used to make 

  
 45 

 
such redemptions or repurchases); provided, further, that the cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Company from members of management of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in connection with any repurchase of Capital Stock of such entities (or warrants or options or rights to acquire such Capital Stock) will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment under this Indenture; 

(5) the declaration and payment of dividends by the Company to, or the making of loans to, its direct parent company in
amounts required for the Company’s direct or indirect parent companies to pay (A) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain their corporate existence, (B) Federal, state and local income taxes, to the
extent such income taxes are attributable to the income of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from its Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent
attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the amount of such payments in any fiscal year does not exceed the amount that the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries would be required to pay
in respect of Federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year were the Company to pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer, (C) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent
company of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, (D) general corporate overhead expenses of any direct or indirect
parent company of the Company to the extent such expenses are attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries and (E) reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with any unsuccessful debt or
equity offering by such direct or indirect parent company of the Company; 
 (6) repurchases of Capital Stock deemed to
occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities if such Capital Stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof or the withholding of a portion of such Capital Stock to pay the taxes
payable on account of such exercise; 
 (7) additional Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed
$75.0 million; 
 (8) [intentionally omitted]; 

(9) payments of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof; 

(10) Restricted Payments made with Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales remaining after application thereof as required by
Section 4.10 hereof (including after the making by the Company of any Net Proceeds Offer required to be made by the Company pursuant to such Section and the application of the entire Net Proceeds Offer Amount to purchase all Notes and
other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company tendered therein); 

  
 46 

 (11) the repayment or extension of intercompany debt that is permitted under
this Indenture; 
 (12) cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, stock
options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable into Capital Stock of the Company; 
 (13) upon occurrence
of a Change of Control, and within 60 days after the completion of the Change of Control Offer pursuant to Section 4.15 hereof (including the purchase of all Notes tendered), any purchase or redemption of Obligations of the Company that are
subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes required pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of such Change of Control at a purchase or redemption price not to exceed 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that (A) at the time of such purchase or redemption, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom) and (B) such purchase
or redemption is not made, directly or indirectly, from the proceeds of (or made in anticipation of) any issuance of Indebtedness by the Company or any Subsidiary; and 

(14) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions. 

Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make any Restricted Payment so long as
(1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Company’s Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would exceed 2.0 to
1.0; provided, however, that if, at any time the criteria set forth in the preceding clause (2) cease to be satisfied, all Restricted Payments made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries occurring on or after the
date on which such criteria ceased to be satisfied shall be required to be made, to the extent permitted thereby, in compliance with the preceding paragraphs of this covenant, and the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause
(ii) of the first paragraph of this covenant on or after the date on which such criteria ceases to be satisfied shall be equal to the amount that would have been available for Restricted Payments pursuant to such clause (ii) on such date
without giving effect to any Restricted Payments made through such date pursuant to and in compliance with this paragraph; provided, further, that, if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries become contractually obligated to
make any Restricted Payment at the time criteria set forth in the preceding clauses (1) and (2) continues to be satisfied, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, may continue to make such Restricted Payments,
even if the criteria in such clauses (1) and (2) ceases to be satisfied at the time such Restricted Payment is actually made, notwithstanding the limitation set forth in the preceding proviso, and the amount available for Restricted
Payments pursuant to clause (ii) of the first paragraph of this covenant on or after the date on which such criteria ceases to be satisfied shall be equal to the amount that would have been available for Restricted Payments pursuant to such
clause (ii) on such date without giving effect to any Restricted Payments made on such date pursuant to and in compliance with this proviso. 

  
 47 

 For purposes of determining compliance with this covenant, in the event that a payment or other
action meets the criteria of more than one of the exceptions described in clauses (1) through (14) above, or is permitted to be made pursuant to clause (ii) of the first paragraph of this covenant (including by virtue of qualifying as
a Permitted Investment), the Company will be permitted to classify such payment or other action on the date of its occurrence in any manner that complies with this covenant. Payments or other actions permitted by this covenant need not be permitted
solely by reference to one provision permitting such payment or other action but may be permitted in part by one such provision and in part by one or more other provisions of this covenant permitting such payment or other action (including pursuant
to any section of the definition of “Permitted Investments”). 
 The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary as specified in the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”. For purposes of making such determination, all outstanding Investments by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries (except to the extent repaid in cash) in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be Restricted Payments at the time of the designation and shall reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under the first paragraph of
this Section 4.07. All of those outstanding Investments shall be deemed to constitute Investments in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investments at the time of such designation. Such designation shall only be permitted if the
Restricted Payment would be permitted at the time and if the Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the definition of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 

SECTION 4.08. Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. 

The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause
or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to: (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on, or in respect of, its Capital
Stock; (b) make loans or advances or pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any Guarantor; or (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company or any Guarantor, except, with respect to clauses (a),
(b) and (c), for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: (1) applicable law, rule, regulation or order; (2) this Indenture, the Notes, the 2020 Notes, the 2021 Notes, the 2022 Notes, the
2024 Notes, the 2025 Notes and the Guarantees; (3) non-assignment provisions of any contract or any lease of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company entered into in the ordinary course of business; (4) any instrument governing
Acquired Indebtedness, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the properties or assets of the Person so acquired; (5) the Credit Facilities as
entered into or existing on the Issue Date or any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided that any restrictions imposed pursuant to any such
amendment, modification; restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing are ordinary and customary with respect to syndicated bank loans (under the relevant circumstances); (6) agreements existing on the Issue
Date to the extent and in the manner such agreements are in effect on the Issue Date; (7) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under this Indenture 

  
 48 

 
imposed by the holder of such Lien; (8) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets or Capital Stock permitted under this Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale;
(9) any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person that is acquired; (10) any Purchase Money Note or other Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Securitization Entity in connection with a Qualified
Securitization Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Securitization Entity; (11) other Indebtedness or Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock outstanding on the Issue Date or permitted to be issued or incurred
under this Indenture; provided that any such restrictions are ordinary and customary with respect to the type of Indebtedness being incurred or Preferred Stock being issued (under the relevant circumstances); (12) restrictions on cash or
other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business; (13) any encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements,
refundings, replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (4) and (6) through (12) above; provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals,
increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are, in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors (evidenced by a Board Resolution) whose judgment shall be conclusively binding, not materially more restrictive
with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in the dividend or other payment restrictions prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement or refinancing;
(14) customary provisions in joint venture, partnership, asset sale, sale leaseback and other similar agreements; and (15) customary provisions in leases and other agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business. 

SECTION 4.09. Incurrence of Indebtedness. 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume,
guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however,
that the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness), in each case if, on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company would have been greater than 2.0 to 1.0; provided, however, that the amount of Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that may be incurred pursuant to the foregoing by Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors shall not exceed $100 million at any one time outstanding. 
 SECTION 4.10. Asset Sales. 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Company);
(ii) at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents; provided that the amount of: (a) any liabilities
(as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the footnotes thereto, or if incurred or 

  
 49 

 
accrued subsequent to the date of such balance sheet, such liabilities that would have been shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s balance or the footnotes thereto if
such incurrence or accrual had taken place on the date of such balance sheet, as determined by the Company) of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes) that are assumed
by the transferee of any such assets; (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within
180 days of the receipt thereof (to the extent of the cash received); and (c) any Designated Non-cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair market value, taken
together with all other Designated Non-cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) after December 14, 2010 that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $150 million and 5% of Total Assets at the time
of the receipt of such Designated Non-cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall, in each of
(a), (b) and (c) above, be deemed to be cash for the purposes of this provision or for purposes of the second paragraph of this Section 4.10; and (iii) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause
such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 545 days of receipt thereof either 
 (A) to
prepay any Senior Debt or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and, in the case of any such Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a corresponding reduction in the availability under such revolving credit
facility (or effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility regardless of the fact that no prepayment is required in order to do so (in which case no prepayment should be required)), 

(B) to reinvest in Productive Assets (provided that this requirement shall be deemed satisfied if the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary, by the end of such 545-day period, has entered into a binding agreement under which it is contractually committed to reinvest in Productive Assets, and such investment is consummated within 120 days from the date on which such binding
agreement is entered into, and, with respect to the amount of such investment, the reference to the 546th day after an Asset Sale in the second following sentence shall be deemed to be a reference to the 121st day after the date on which such
binding agreement is entered into (but only if such 121st day occurs later than such 546th day)) or 
 (C) a combination of prepayment and
investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (iii)(A) and (iii)(B). 
 Pending the final application of any such Net Cash Proceeds, the Company or
such Restricted Subsidiary may temporarily reduce Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, if any, or otherwise invest such Net Cash Proceeds in Cash Equivalents. On the 546th day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board
of Directors of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines by Board Resolution not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of the next preceding
sentence (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in

  
 50 

 
clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of the next preceding sentence (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 60 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date,
from all Holders and holders of any other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company requiring the making of such an offer, on a pro rata basis, the maximum amount of Notes and such other Senior
Subordinated Debt that may be purchased with the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount (or, in the event such other Senior Subordinated Debt was issued with significant original issue discount, 100% of the
accreted value thereof), plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase (or, in respect of such other Senior Subordinated Debt, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Senior Subordinated
Debt); provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration (including any Designated Non-cash Consideration) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, in connection with any
Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder, and the
Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.10. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Net Proceeds Offer Amount is less than $40.0 million, the application of the Net Cash Proceeds constituting such Net
Proceeds Offer Amount to a Net Proceeds Offer may be deferred until such time as such Net Proceeds Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts arising subsequent to the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date relating to such
initial Net Proceeds Offer Amount from all Asset Sales by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries aggregates to at least $40.0 million, at which time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all Net Cash Proceeds constituting all
Net Proceeds Offer Amounts that have been so deferred to make a Net Proceeds Offer (the first date the aggregate of all such deferred Net Proceeds Offer Amounts is equal to $40.0 million or more shall be deemed to be a Net Proceeds Offer Trigger
Date). 
 Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to consummate
an Asset Sale without complying with such paragraph to the extent that: (i) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Productive Assets, cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Marketable Securities; and (ii) such Asset Sale
is for fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company); provided that any consideration consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents and/or Marketable Securities received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
connection with any Asset Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraph. 

Notice of each Net Proceeds Offer will be sent to DTC, in the case of Global Notes, or mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register
of Holders, in the case of certificated notes, within 30 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. To the extent that the aggregate
amount of Notes and other Senior Subordinated Debt tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company may use any remaining Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes or for any other
purpose not prohibited by this Indenture. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero. 

  
 51 

 The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any
other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue thereof.

 SECTION 4.11. Transactions with Affiliates. 

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to occur
any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving
aggregate payment or consideration in excess of $20.0 million unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that might reasonably have
been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s-length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; and (ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of
related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate payments or consideration in excess of $30.0 million, a Board Resolution adopted by the majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction and an
officers’ certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (i) above. 
 (b) The restrictions set forth
in Section 4.11(a) hereof shall not apply to: (i) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company
as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors or senior management; (ii) transactions between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided
that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; (iii) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) or by
any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date as determined in good faith by the
Company; (iv) Restricted Payments or Permitted Investments permitted by this Indenture; (v) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Securitization Transaction; (vi) payments or loans to employees or consultants that are approved
by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith; (vii) sales of Qualified Capital Stock; (viii) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any
stockholders’ agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided,
however, that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment 

  
 52 

 
to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be permitted by this clause (viii) to the extent that the terms of any such
amendment or new agreement taken as a whole are not materially disadvantageous to the Holders; (ix) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Article 5 hereof, (x) any issuance of securities or other payments,
awards, grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (xi) transactions in which the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives an opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking, appraisal or accounting firm that such Affiliate Transaction is either fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary or is on terms not materially less favorable than those that might reasonably have been obtained in a comparable transaction at such time on an arm’s length basis from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company. 

SECTION 4.12. Liens. 

The Company shall not, and shall not cause or permit any Guarantor to, incur any Secured Debt that is not Senior Debt of such Person unless,
contemporaneously therewith, such Person makes effective provision to secure the Notes or the relevant Guarantee, as applicable, equally and ratably with such Secured Debt for so long as such Secured Debt is secured by a Lien (the “Initial
Lien”). Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the
Lien securing the other Secured Debt and that holders of such other Secured Debt may exclusively control the disposition of property subject to the Initial Lien. 

SECTION 4.13. Conduct of Business. 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any businesses a majority of whose revenues are
not derived from businesses that are the same or reasonably similar, ancillary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date
(which shall include engineered components businesses not within the aerospace industry). 
 SECTION 4.14. Corporate Existence. 

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
(i) its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or
any such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such
right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 

  
 53 

 SECTION 4.15. Offer to Repurchase upon Change of Control. 

(a) If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such
Holder’s Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following
the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send, in the case of Global Notes, through the facilities of DTC and, in the case of certificated notes, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each Holder, which notice
shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is sent or mailed, other than as may be
required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect
Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. 

(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful, (1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof
properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer, (2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (3) deliver or cause to be delivered
to the applicable Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Company. The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of
Notes so tendered the Change of Control payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail or deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on
or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date. 
 Prior to the mailing of the notice referred to in
Section 4.15(a) above, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall: (i) repay in full all Indebtedness under the Credit Facilities and all other Senior Debt the terms of which require repayment
upon a Change of Control; or (ii) obtain the requisite consents under the Credit Facilities and all such other Senior Debt to permit the repurchase of the Notes as provided below. The Company’s failure to comply with the covenant described
in the immediately preceding sentence shall constitute an Event of Default described in clause (c) and not in clause (b) under Section 6.01 hereof. 

(c) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the Company complies with the provisions of any such securities laws or regulations, the Company shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Section 4.15. 

  
 54 

 (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.15, the Company shall not be
required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.15 hereof
and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (2) a notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof prior to the date on which notice of the Change of Control Offer
must be sent. 
 A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control, and conditioned upon such Change of Control
occurring, if a definitive agreement is in place for the Change of Control at the time of making the Change of Control Offer. 
 SECTION
4.16. No Senior Subordinated Debt. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, incur or suffer to exist
Indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Guarantee, as the case may be, and subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be. For the
avoidance of doubt, unsecured Indebtedness is not subordinated or junior to Secured Debt merely because it is unsecured. 
 SECTION 4.17.
Additional Guarantees. 
 The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create or acquire
another Domestic Restricted Subsidiary unless such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary within 20 Business Days executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, providing for a senior subordinated guarantee of payment of the Notes by such
Domestic Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary need not execute and deliver such a supplemental indenture for so long as such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary is an Immaterial Domestic
Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that the Company will cause a Domestic Restricted Subsidiary that was an Immaterial Domestic Restricted Subsidiary but has ceased to qualify as an Immaterial Domestic Restricted
Subsidiary to execute and deliver a supplemental indenture to this Indenture, providing for a senior subordinated guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary no later than 20 Business Days after the end of the most
recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company in which such Domestic Restricted Subsidiary ceased to be an Immaterial Domestic Restricted Subsidiary; provided further, however, that, if at any time, Domestic Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors because they are Immaterial Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries constitute in the aggregate more than 5% of Total Assets as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial
statements are available or more than 5% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Company for which financial statements are available,
then the Company shall cause one or more such Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries to become Guarantors (notwithstanding that such Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries are, individually, Immaterial Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries), no later than 20
Business Days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter in which such requirement was triggered, such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true. 

  
 55 

 SECTION 4.18. Limitation on Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. 

The Company shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than Permitted Subsidiary Preferred Stock. The
provisions of this Section 4.18 will not apply to (w) any of the Guarantors, (x) any transaction as a result of which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries will own any Capital Stock of the Restricted Subsidiary
whose Preferred Stock is being issued or sold and (y) Preferred Stock that is Disqualified Capital Stock and is issued in compliance with Section 4.09 hereof. 

SECTION 4.19. Suspension of Covenants. 

(a) During any period of time following the Issue Date that (i) the Notes have Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies, and
(ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture (the occurrence of the events described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) being collectively referred to as a “Covenant Suspension Event”), the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be subject to the following provisions of this Indenture: 
 (1) Section 4.07; 

(2) Section 4.08; 
 (3)
Section 4.09; 
 (4) Section 4.10; 

(5) Section 4.11; 
 (6)
Section 4.13; 
 (7) Section 4.16; 

(8) Section 4.17; 
 (9)
Section 4.18; and 
 (10) clause (ii) of the first paragraph of Section 5.01 

(collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”). Upon the occurrence of a Covenant Suspension Event, the amount of Net Cash Proceeds with respect
to any applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date shall be set at zero at such date (the “Suspension Date”). In addition, in the event that the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries are not subject to the Suspended Covenants for
any period of time as a result of the foregoing, and, on any subsequent date (the “Reversion 

  
 56 

 
Date”), one or both of the Rating Agencies withdraws its Investment Grade Rating or downgrades the rating assigned to the Notes below an Investment Grade Rating, or a Default or Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter again be subject to the Suspended Covenants with respect to future events. The period of time between the Suspension Date and the Reversion Date
is referred to in this description as the “Suspension Period.” Within 30 days of the Reversion Date, any Restricted Subsidiary that would have been required during the Suspension Period but for the Suspended Covenants by
Section 4.17 to execute a supplemental indenture shall execute such supplemental indenture required by such covenant. Notwithstanding that the Suspended Covenants may be reinstated, no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred
as a result of a failure to comply with the Suspended Covenants during the Suspension Period (or upon termination of the Suspension Period or after that time based solely on events that occurred during the Suspension Period). 

(b) On the Reversion Date, all Indebtedness incurred during the Suspension Period will be classified to have been incurred or issued pursuant
to Section 4.09 to the extent such Indebtedness would be permitted to be incurred or issued thereunder as of the Reversion Date and after giving effect to Indebtedness incurred or issued prior to the Suspension Period and outstanding on the
Reversion Date. To the extent such Indebtedness would not be so permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 4.09, such Indebtedness will be deemed to have been outstanding on the Issue Date, so that it is classified as permitted
under clause (iii) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness. Restricted Payments made during the Suspension Period will be deemed to have been made pursuant to the first paragraph of Section 4.07. 

(c) If (i) a Change of Control occurs that results in either (a) the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Company to any Person or Group (as defined in the definition of Change of Control) other than an Affiliate (other than a Person that becomes an Affiliate solely as a result of such transaction) of the Company or (b) any
Person or Group other than an Affiliate (other than a Person that becomes an Affiliate solely as a result of such transaction) of the Company becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares representing 100% of the total ordinary
voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or Holdings and (ii) such Person or Group acquiring control pursuant to clause (i) above is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act, then the Company shall not be subject to Section 4.03(a) from that time if and for so long as such Person or Group maintains Investment Grade Ratings from both Rating Agencies. 

(d) The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written
notice of any Covenant Suspension Event. In the absence of such notice, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. The Company shall give the Trustee prompt (and in any event not later than five Business
Days after a Covenant Suspension Event) written notice of any occurrence of a Reversion Date. After any such notice of the occurrence of a Reversion Date, the Trustee shall assume the Suspended Covenants apply and are in full force and effect. 

  
 57 

 ARTICLE V 

SUCCESSORS 
 SECTION 5.01.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 
 (a) The Company shall not, in a single transaction or series of related transactions,
consolidate or merge with or into any Person, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of (or cause or permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of) all or
substantially all of the Company’s assets (determined on a consolidated basis for the Company and the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries) to any Person unless (i) either: (a) the Company shall be the surviving or continuing
corporation; or (b) the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition the properties and
assets of the Company and of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries substantially as an entirety (the “Surviving Entity”): (x) shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized and
validly existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia; and (y) shall expressly assume, by supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and
delivered to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on all of the Notes and the performance of every covenant of the Notes, this Indenture and the Registration Rights Agreement to be performed or
observed on the part of the Company; provided, that at any time the Company or its successor is not a corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation (ii) except in the case of a merger of the Company with or
into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, and except in the case of a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption
contemplated by clause (i)(b)(y) above (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction), the Company or such Surviving Entity, as the case may be, shall be
able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof, or the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Surviving Entity and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis would be greater than such ratio for the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction; (iii) except in the case of a merger of the Company with or into a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
and except in the case of a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by clause (i)(b)(y) above
(including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing; and (iv) the Company
or the Surviving Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition and, if a
supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been
satisfied. 

  
 58 

 (b) Each Guarantor shall not, and the Company shall not permit any such Guarantor to, consolidate
or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless: 

 

	 	(1)	(except in the case of such Guarantor that has been disposed of in its entirety to another Person (other than to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital
Stock or through the sale of all or substantially all of its assets (such sale constituting the disposition of such Guarantor in its entirety), if in connection therewith the Company provides an Officers’ Certificate to the Trustee to the
effect that the Company will comply with its obligations under Section 4.10 hereof in respect of such disposition) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not such Guarantor) shall be a Person organized and validly existing under the
laws of the jurisdiction under which such Guarantor was organized or under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture (in form and
substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of such Guarantor, if any, under its Guarantee; 

  

	 	(2)	except in the case of a merger of such Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor of the Company, and except in the case of a merger entered into solely for the purpose of reincorporating such Guarantor in
another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by the immediately preceding clause (b)(1) (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred and any Lien
granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and 

  

	 	(3)	the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction
have been satisfied. 

 (c) Holdings shall not consolidate or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease or
otherwise dispose of, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless: 
  

	 	(1)	the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not Holdings) shall be a Person organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such
Person shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture (in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), executed and delivered to the Trustee, all the obligations of Holdings, if any, under its Guarantee; 

  
 59 

	 	(2)	except in the case of a merger entered into solely for reincorporating Holdings in another jurisdiction, immediately after giving effect to such transaction and the assumption contemplated by the immediately preceding
clause (c)(1) (including giving effect to any Indebtedness and Acquired Indebtedness incurred and any Lien granted in connection with or in respect of the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

  

	 	(3)	the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition
and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction
have been satisfied. 

 In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, and upon the assumption by the
successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Guarantee of the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture
to be performed by the Restricted Subsidiary, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Restricted Subsidiary with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Restricted Subsidiary. Such successor Person thereupon may
cause to be signed any or all of the Guarantees of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and
benefit under this Indenture as the Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of
all or substantially all of the properties or assets of one or more Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the
transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. However, transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not be subject to this Section 5.01. 

SECTION 5.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. 

Upon any consolidation, combination or merger, or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with
Section 5.01 hereof, in which the Company is not the continuing corporation, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, lease or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power 

  
 60 

 
of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such and that, in the event of a conveyance or transfer (but not a lease), the
conveyor or transferor (but not a lessor) shall be released from the provisions of this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE VI 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 

SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. 

“Event of Defaults” are: 

(a) the failure to pay interest on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable if the default continues for a period of 30
days (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 hereof); 
 (b) the failure to
pay the principal on any Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption, upon Special Partial Mandatory Redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase) (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 hereof); 

(c) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained herein if the default continues
for a period of 60 days (or 180 days in the case of the covenant described under Section 4.03 hereof) after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders
of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to Section 5.01 hereof, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time
requirement); 
 (d) the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any
extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Securitization Entity), or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness, if the
aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $50.0 million or more at any time;

 (e) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million shall have been rendered against the
Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable; 

  
 61 

 (f) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to, or within the
meaning of, Bankruptcy Law: 
 (i) commences a voluntary case, 

(ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, 

(iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or 

(iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 

(g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 

(i) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; 

(ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or for all or substantially all of the
property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries; or 
 (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company or any of
its Significant Subsidiaries; 
 (iv) and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 

SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. 

If any Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to
the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare the principal of, and accrued interest on, all the Notes to be due and payable immediately by notice in
writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration” (the “Acceleration Notice”), and the same (i) shall become immediately due and payable or
(ii) if there are any amounts outstanding under the Credit Facilities, shall become immediately due and payable upon the first to occur of an acceleration under the Credit Facilities or five Business Days after receipt by the Company and the
Representative under the Credit Facilities of such Acceleration Notice but only if such Event of Default is then continuing. If an Event of Default specified in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof with respect to the Company
occurs and is continuing, then all unpaid principal of, and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the
part of the Trustee or any Holder. 
 At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in the
preceding paragraph, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes 

  
 62 

 
may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured
or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which
has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (iv) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances; and (v) in the
event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01 hereof, the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default
has been cured or waived. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. 
 SECTION 6.03.
Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the
payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay
or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the
extent permitted by law. 
 SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. 

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the
Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Notes (including in connection
with an offer to purchase) (provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment
default that resulted from such acceleration). Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon. 
 SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial
to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability. 

  
 63 

 SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. 

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 

(a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; 

(b) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to
pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to
the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and 
 (e) during such 60-day period,
the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 

SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and interest
on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or
affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (a) or (b) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal amount of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful,
interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 

SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. 

The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the
claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other
obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be 

  
 64 

 
entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby
authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out
of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein
contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION 6.10. Priorities. 

Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article, and any other money or property distributable in respect of the Company’s
obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default, shall be applied in the following order: 
 First: to the
Trustee (including a predecessor Trustee), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee (including a
predecessor Trustee) and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on
the Notes for principal amount, premium and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal amount, premium and interest, respectively; and 

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 

SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted
by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’
fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to
Section 6.07 hereof or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes. 

  
 65 

 ARTICLE VII 

TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.01.
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 

(i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture, and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 

(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions which are specifically provided for by any
provision herein to be provided to it, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions which are specifically required to be delivered to the Trustee by any provision of this Indenture to determine whether or not they conform to the
requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein). 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraphs (b) or (e) of this Section;

 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is
proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with
respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof. 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to
paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f) of this Section. 

  
 66 

 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or
incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it
against any loss, liability or expense. 
 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the
Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting,
it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee
may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good
faith and in reliance thereon. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct
or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good
faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. 
 (e) Unless otherwise
specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company. 

(f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or
direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or
direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of Indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation
into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at
the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. 

  
 67 

 (h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including,
without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. 

(i) The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a
duty. 
 (j) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this
Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics;
riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. 

(k) Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss
or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action. 

(l) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver a certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized
at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture. 
 SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any
Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to
continue as trustee or resign. The Registrar or any Paying Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 

SECTION 7.04. Trustee’s Disclaimer. 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for, and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of, this Indenture or the Notes, it shall
not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture
other than its certificate of authentication. 

  
 68 

 SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. 

(a) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of such a Default or Event of
Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture. 

(b) Within 90 days after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default, the Trustee shall mail (or otherwise transmit in accordance with
the applicable procedures of the depositary) to Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the security register for the Notes, a notice of the Default or Event of Default known to the Trustee, unless such Default or Event of Default shall have
been cured or waived. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good
faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders of the
Notes. 
 Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 2017, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the
Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no
report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange
on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on, or delisted from, any stock exchange. 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to have any actual or constructive notice or knowledge of any reports or notice received from the Company,
Holdings or the Guarantors and subsequently provided to the Holders. 
 SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. 

The Company, Holdings and the Guarantors shall, jointly and severally, pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its
acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder as the parties shall agree from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company, Holdings and the
Guarantors shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation,
disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The Company, Holdings and the Guarantors, jointly and severally,
shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it arising out of, or in connection

  
 69 

 
with, the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company, Holdings and the Guarantors (including
this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, Holdings and the Guarantors or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or
duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Company, Holdings and the Guarantors promptly of any claim
of which a Responsible Offer has received notice for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall
cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company, Holdings and the Guarantors need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. 
 The obligations of the Company, Holdings and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07
shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge and the termination of this Indenture. 
 To secure
the Company’s, Holdings’ and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal
and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the satisfaction and discharge and the termination of this Indenture. 

In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee
incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or (g) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are
intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Trustee” for purposes of this Section shall
include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee
hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee hereunder. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA §
313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
 SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s
acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust
hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by, with 30 days’ prior notice, so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The
Company may remove the Trustee if: 

  
 70 

 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, 

(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any
Bankruptcy Law; 
 (c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a
successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the
Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction, at the expense of the Company, for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10,
such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 A
successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the
rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee,
provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and are subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s
obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by
Merger, etc. 
 If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust
business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee. 
 SECTION 7.10.
Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business
under the laws of the United States of America or of any State thereof, that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined
capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. 

  
 71 

 This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §
310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b). 
 SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Company. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who
has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 ARTICLE VIII 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 

SECTION 8.01. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 

The Company may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time
elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8. 

SECTION 8.02. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter,
“Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be
“outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture (and
the Trustee, on demand of, and at the expense of, the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights
of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal amount of, premium, if any, and interest on, such Notes
when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, and the
Company’s obligations in connection therewith, and (d) the provisions of this Article 8 with respect to Legal Defeasance. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02
notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof. 

  
 72 

 SECTION 8.03. Covenant Defeasance. 

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject
to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.18 hereof with respect to the
outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes
of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood
that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any
term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any
other document, and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In
addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(d) and
6.01(e) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 SECTION 8.04. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. 

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance: 

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in United States
dollars, non-callable Government Securities or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal amount at maturity of, premium and
interest on, the outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; 

(b) in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel in the United States of America reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture,
there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; 

  
 73 

 (c) in the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States of America reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as
a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; 

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or
Event of Default resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness all or a portion of the proceeds of which will be used to defease the Notes pursuant to this Article 8 concurrently with such incurrence and the grant of a Lien to secure such
Indebtedness) or, insofar as Section 6.01 (f) or 6.01(g) hereof is concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit; 

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under,
this Indenture (other than a Default or an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien securing such borrowing) or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound; 
 (f) the Company shall
have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which may be subject to customary exceptions) to the effect that (A) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of holders of Senior Debt, including those arising under this Indenture,
and (B) after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of the preference provisions of Section 547 of the United States Federal Bankruptcy Code; 

(g) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the
Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others; 

(h) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that
all conditions precedent provided for, or relating to, the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; and 

(i) the Company shall have paid, or duly provided for payment of, all amounts then due to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 7.07 hereof. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (b) above with respect to a Legal
Defeasance need not be delivered if all Notes not therefor delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable or (B) will become due and payable on the maturity date within one year under arrangements satisfactory to
the Trustee for giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. 

  
 74 

 SECTION 8.05. Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other
Miscellaneous Provisions. 
 Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee,
collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of
such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect
of principal amount, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on, or assessed against, the cash or non-callable
Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes. 

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant
Defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.06. Satisfaction and Discharge. 

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or
exchange of the Notes, as expressly provided for in this Indenture) as to all outstanding Notes when (i) either (a) all the Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or
paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or
(b) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have (i) become due and payable, pursuant to an optional redemption notice or otherwise or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called
for redemption within one year, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from the Company directing the Trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as
the case may be; (ii) the Company has paid all other sums payable under this Indenture by the Company; and (iii) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions
precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. 

  
 75 

 SECTION 8.07. Repayment to Company. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, for two years after such principal and premium, if any,
or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a secured creditor, look only to the Company
for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying
Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may, at the expense of the Company, cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a
date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. 

SECTION 8.08. Reinstatement. 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with
Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall
be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 

SECTION 8.09. Survival. 

The Trustee’s rights under this Article 8 shall survive termination of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

  
 76 

 ARTICLE IX 

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver 

SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the
Guarantees or the Notes without the consent of any Holder: 
 (a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 

(b) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to, or in place of, certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of
Article 2 or the Appendix hereof relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect the legal rights of any Holder; 

(c) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s, Holdings’ or a Guarantor’s obligations to the Holders by a
successor to the Company, Holdings or a Guarantor pursuant to Article 5 or Article 11 hereof, 
 (d) to make any
change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder; 

(e) to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 (f) to provide for the issuance of Notes issued after the Issue Date in accordance with the limitations set forth in this
Indenture; 
 (g) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes;
provided, however, that any such supplemental indenture and/or Guarantee need only be executed by the Company, such Guarantor and the Trustee; 

(h) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes; or 

(i) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision of the Description of Notes to the
extent that such provision in the Description of Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes. 

Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or
supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company, Holdings and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized
or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that affects its
own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 

  
 77 

 SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders of Notes. 

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, this Indenture (including Sections 3.09, 4.10 and 4.15 hereof), the Guarantees and the
Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer
for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except
a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
then-outstanding Notes voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be
“outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02. 
 Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board
of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the
documents described in Section 7.02 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties
or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may, in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture. 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment
or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this
Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not,
however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as
a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with
respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder): 
 (a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must
consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver; 

  
 78 

 (b) reduce the principal of, or change or have the effect of changing, the fixed
maturity of any Note, or change the date on which any Note may be subject to redemption or reduce the redemption price therefor; 

(c) reduce the rate of, or change or have the effect of changing, the time for payment of interest, including defaulted
interest, on any Note; 
 (d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium, if any, or
interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such
acceleration); 
 (e) make any Notes payable in money other than that stated in the Notes; 

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture protecting the legal right of each Holder to receive payment of
principal of and interest on such Note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default; 

(g) after the Company’s obligation to purchase Notes arises thereunder, amend, change or modify in any material respect
the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change of Control or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto after a Change of Control has occurred; 

(h) modify or change any provision of this Indenture or the related definitions affecting the subordination or ranking of the
Notes or the Guarantees in a manner which adversely affects the Holders; 
 (i) change the provisions applicable to the
redemption of the Notes as described in Section 3.08(b) above; or 
 (j) make any change in the foregoing amendment and
waiver provisions. 
 An amendment under this Section may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 10
or 12 hereof or any supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee of the Notes by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any holder of Senior Debt of the Company, Holdings or of a Guarantor then outstanding (including any
such change of this paragraph of this Section 9.02) unless the holders of such Senior Debt (or their Representative) consent to such change. 

SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the
TIA as then in effect. 

  
 79 

 SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents. 

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every
subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to
its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 SECTION 9.05. Notation on, or Exchange of, Notes. 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company, in
exchange for all Notes, may issue, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate, new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 SECTION 9.06. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. 

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does
not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the
Trustee shall be given and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 13.04 hereof, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the
execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE X 

SUBORDINATION 
 SECTION
10.01. Agreement to Subordinate. 
 The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced
by the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment of all Senior Debt of the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of, and enforceable by, the
holders of such Senior Debt. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Debt of the Company, and only Indebtedness of the Company which is Senior Debt of the Company shall rank senior to the Notes in
accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject to Section 10.12. 

  
 80 

 SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. 

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial
dissolution of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property: 

(1) holders of Senior Debt of the Company shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Debt before
Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and 
 (2) until the Senior Debt of the Company is paid in full in cash,
any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive shares of stock and any debt securities that are
subordinated to such Senior Debt to at least the same extent as the Notes. 
 SECTION 10.03. Default on Senior Debt of the Company.

 The Company shall not pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or make any deposit pursuant to Section 8.04
and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the Notes”) if either of the following (a “Payment Default”) occurs: (1) any Designated Senior Debt of the Company is not paid in
full in cash when due; or (2) any other default on Designated Senior Debt of the Company occurs, and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been
cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the
Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a
Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Debt of the Company pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the
expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company shall not pay the Notes for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee of (with a copy to the Company) written notice (a
“Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier
if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or
otherwise no longer continuing; or (3) because such Designated Senior Debt has been discharged or repaid in full in cash. Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions
contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Debt or the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, the Company shall be
entitled to resume payments on the Notes after termination of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one 

  
 81 

 
Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Debt of the Company during such period; provided,
however, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Debt of the Company (other than the Bank Indebtedness), the Representative of the Bank Indebtedness shall be entitled
to give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate
during any 360-day consecutive period, and there must be 181 days during any 360-day consecutive period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. For purposes of this Section, no default or event of default which existed or was
continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt of the Company initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment
Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than
90 consecutive days. 
 SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Notes. 

If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the
Designated Senior Debt of the Company (or their Representatives) of the acceleration. 
 SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid
Over. 
 If a distribution is made to Holders that, because of this Article 10, should not have been made to them, the Holders who
receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Debt of the Company and pay it over to them as their interests may appear. If any Designated Senior Debt of the Company is outstanding, the Company shall not pay the Notes until
five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issues of Designated Senior Debt of the Company receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, shall be entitled to pay the Notes only if this Article 10 otherwise permits payment at
that time. 
 SECTION 10.06. Subrogation. 

After all Senior Debt of the Company is paid in full, and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of
holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Debt. A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of such Senior Debt which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and
Holders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Debt. 
 SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights. 

This Article 10 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt of the Company. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 

  
 82 

 (1) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of the Company,
which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or 
 (2)
prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of the Company to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders. 

SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. 

No right of any holder of Senior Debt of the Company to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired
by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 
 SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and
Paying Agent. 
 Notwithstanding anything in this Article 10, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall continue to make payments on the
Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that under this Article 10 would prohibit the making of any payments to or by the Trustee unless and until, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such
payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives written notice satisfactory to it that such payments are prohibited by this Article 10. The Company, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of the Company shall be entitled to give the
notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Debt of the Company has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice. Prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled in all
respects conclusively to presume that no such fact exists. Unless the Trustee shall have received the notice provided for in the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such payment and to apply the same to the
purpose for which it was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such date. The foregoing shall not apply to any Affiliate of the Company acting as Paying Agent. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Debt of the Company with the same rights it would have if
it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Debt of the Company which may at
any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 10 to the contrary, all
amounts owed to the Trustee (including amounts owed pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof) in each of its capacities hereunder shall not be subordinated to any Senior Debt of the Company or otherwise. 

SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. 

Whenever any Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior Debt of the Company, such Person shall be entitled to make
such distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any). 

  
 83 

 SECTION 10.11. Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. 

The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing
the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes. 

SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust under
Article 8 hereof by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Debt of the Company or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10 if the
provisions of this Article 10 were not violated at the time funds were deposited in trust with the Trustee pursuant to Article 8 hereof, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company or any holder of
Senior Debt of the Company or any other creditor of the Company. 
 SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled to Rely. 

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee, subject to Section 7.01, and the Holders shall be
entitled to rely (1) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.02 hereof are pending, (2) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or
other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (3) upon the Representatives of Senior Debt of the Company for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution,
the holders of such Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the
Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of the Company to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee shall be
entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Debt held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution
and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such
Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10. 

SECTION 10.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. 

Each Holder by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to execute such documentation and to take such action as may
be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt of the Company as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such
purposes. 

  
 84 

 SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of the Company. 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of the Company and shall not be liable to any such
holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt of the Company shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise. With respect to
the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Debt shall
be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. 
 SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Debt of the Company on Subordination
Provisions. 
 Each Holder, by accepting a Note, acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are
intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of the Company, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold,
such Senior Debt, and such holder of such Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 

ARTICLE XI 
 GUARANTEES

 SECTION 11.01. Guarantees. 

Holdings and each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee and
its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of, and interest on, the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the
“Guaranteed Obligations”). Holdings and each Guarantor further agree that the Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from Holdings or such Guarantor and that Holdings
and such Guarantor will remain bound under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed Obligation. 

Holdings and each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations
and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Holdings and each Guarantor waive notice of any default under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of Holdings and each Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the
failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture, 

  
 85 

 
the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of
this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy
against any other guarantor of the Obligations; or (f) except as set forth in Section 11.07, any change in the ownership of Holdings or such Guarantor. 

Holdings and each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due
(and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. 

Each Guarantee is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article 12 hereof, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the
prior payment in full of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor, as the case may be, and each Guarantee is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture. 

Except as expressly set forth in Sections 11.02 and 11.07 hereof, the obligations of Holdings and each Guarantor hereunder shall not be
subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination
whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of Holdings and each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or
impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by any default,
failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the obligations or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner, or to any extent, vary the risk of such Holdings or such
Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of Holdings or such Guarantor as a matter of law or equity. 
 Holdings and each
Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if, at any time, payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is rescinded or must
otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise. 
 In furtherance of
the foregoing, and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against Holdings or any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed
Obligation when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed Obligation, Holdings and each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt
of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (1) the unpaid amount of such Guaranteed Obligations, (2) accrued and unpaid interest on such
Guaranteed Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (3) all other monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee. 

  
 86 

 Holdings and each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in
respect of any Guaranteed Obligations until payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations to which the Guaranteed Obligations are subordinated as provided in Article 12. Holdings and each Guarantor further agrees that, as
between it, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed Obligations may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of Holdings’ or such Guarantor’s
Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as
provided in Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by Holdings or such Guarantor for the purposes of this Section. 

Holdings and each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses)
incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section. 
 SECTION 11.02. Limitation on Liability. 

Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Obligations guaranteed hereunder
by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar
laws affecting the rights of creditors generally. 
 SECTION 11.03. Successors and Assigns. 

This Article 11 shall be binding upon Holdings and each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the
successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically
extend to, and be vested in, such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 11.04. No
Waiver. 
 Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege
under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders
herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise. 

  
 87 

 SECTION 11.05. Modification. 

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by Holdings or any Guarantor
therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to, or demand
on, Holdings or any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances. 

SECTION 11.06. [Intentionally Omitted]. 

SECTION 11.07. Release of Guarantor. 

Upon the sale (including any sale pursuant to any exercise of remedies by a holder of Senior Debt of the Company or of any Guarantor) or other
disposition (including by way of consolidation or merger) of a Guarantor or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all the assets of such Guarantor (in each case, other than a sale or disposition to the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company), or upon designation of a Guarantor as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, such Guarantor shall be deemed released from all obligations under this Article 11 without any further action required on the
part of the Trustee or any Holder. If the Guarantor becomes an Immaterial Domestic Restricted Subsidiary or ceases to be a Subsidiary or if the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option in accordance with the
provisions of Article 8 hereof, or if its obligations under this Indenture are discharged in accordance with Section 8.06 hereof, Holdings and each Guarantor shall be released from all obligations under this Article 11 without any
further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. At the request of the Company, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing the release of a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 11.07. 

SECTION 11.08. Contribution. 

Holdings and each Guarantor that makes a payment under its Guarantee shall be entitled, upon payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations, to
contribution from Holdings and each Guarantor, as applicable, in an amount equal to Holdings’ or such Guarantor’s pro rata portion of such payment based on the respective net assets of all the Guarantors at the time of such payment
determined in accordance with GAAP (for purposes hereof, Holdings’ net assets shall be those of all its Consolidated Subsidiaries other than the Guarantors). 

ARTICLE XII 
 SUBORDINATION OF
GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 12.01. Agreement to Subordinate. 

Holdings and each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by Holdings’ or such
Guarantor’s Guarantee (as the case may be) is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment of all Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as applicable)

  
 88 

 
and that the subordination is for the benefit of, and enforceable by, the holders of such Senior Debt. The Guaranteed Obligations of Holdings or a Guarantor (as applicable) shall in all respects
rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor, and only Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (including Holdings’ or such Guarantor’s Guarantee of Senior Debt of the Company) shall rank
senior to the Guaranteed Obligations of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. 

SECTION 12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. 

Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of Holdings or any Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or
partial dissolution of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) or its property: 

(1) holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive payment in full in
cash of such Senior Debt before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment pursuant to the Guarantee of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be); and 

(2) until the Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders
would be entitled but for this Article 12 shall be made to holders of such Senior Debt as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive shares of stock and any debt securities of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be)
that are subordinated to such Senior Debt to at least the same extent as its Guarantee. 
 SECTION 12.03. Default on Senior Debt of
Guarantor. 
 Neither Holdings nor any Guarantor shall make any payment on its Guarantee or purchase, redeem or otherwise retire or
defease any Notes or other Guaranteed Obligations (collectively, “pay its Guarantee”) if either of the following (a “Payment Default”) occurs (1) any Designated Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the
case may be) is not paid in full in cash when due; or (2) any other default on Designated Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) occurs, and the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt is accelerated in accordance with
its terms; unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Debt has been paid in full in cash; provided, however, that Holdings or any
Guarantor shall be entitled to pay its Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of any Designated Senior Debt
with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing. During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) pursuant to
which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be)
shall not pay its Guarantee for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee of (with a copy to 

  
 89 

 
Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be)) written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt specifying an
election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (1) by written notice to the Trustee and Holdings or such Guarantor
(as the case may be) from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (3) because such Designated Senior Debt has
been discharged or repaid in full in cash. Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding two sentences (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section), unless the holders of such Designated
Senior Debt giving such Payment Notice or the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Debt, Holdings or any Guarantor shall be entitled to resume payments pursuant to its Guarantee
after termination of such Payment Blockage Period. Neither Holdings nor any Guarantor shall be subject to more than one Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Debt
of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) during such period; provided, however, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by, or on behalf, of any holders of Designated Senior Debt of Holdings or such
Guarantor (as the case may be) (other than the Bank Indebtedness), the Representative of the Bank Indebtedness shall be entitled to give another Blockage Notice within such period; provided further, however, that in no event shall the
total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360-day consecutive period, and there must be 181 days during any 360-day consecutive period during which no
Payment Blockage Period is in effect. For purposes of this Section, no default or event of default which existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period with respect to the Designated Senior Debt of Holdings
or such Guarantor (as the case may be) initiating such Payment Blockage Period shall be, or be made, the basis of the commencement of a subsequent Payment Blockage Period by the Representative of such Designated Senior Debt, whether or not within a
period of 360 consecutive days, unless such default or event of default shall have been cured or waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days. 

SECTION 12.04. Demand for Payment. 

If a demand for payment is made on Holdings or a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 hereof, the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders
of the Designated Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) (or their Representatives) of such demand. 
 SECTION
12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. 
 If a distribution is made to Holders that, because of this Article 12, should not
have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or the applicable Guarantor (as the case may be) and pay it over to them or their Representatives as their interests may
appear. If any Designated Senior Debt of Holdings or a Guarantor is outstanding, Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) shall not make a payment on its Guarantee until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the issuers of
Designated Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, shall be entitled to pay the Notes only if this Article 12 otherwise permits payment at that time. 

  
 90 

 SECTION 12.06. Subrogation. 

After all Senior Debt of Holdings or a Guarantor is paid in full, and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the
rights of holders of such Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be). A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of such Senior Debt which otherwise would have
been made to Holders is not, as between Holdings or the relevant Guarantor and Holders, a payment by Holdings or such Guarantor on such Senior Debt. 

SECTION 12.07. Relative Rights. 

This Article 12 defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture
shall: 
 (1) impair, as between Holdings or a Guarantor and Holders (as the case may be), the obligation of Holdings or
such Guarantor (as the case may be), which is absolute and unconditional, to pay its Guarantee to the extent set forth in Article 11; or 

(2) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by Holdings or such Guarantor (as
the case may be) under its Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders. 

SECTION 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. 

No right of any holder of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the Guarantee of Holdings or such Guarantor
(as the case may be) shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) or by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 

SECTION 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. 

Notwithstanding anything in this Article 12, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall continue to make payments on any Guarantee, and shall not
be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments to or by the Trustee, unless and until, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
receives written notice satisfactory to it that such payments are prohibited by this Article 12. The Company, Holdings or the relevant Guarantor, a Representative or a holder of Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be)
shall be entitled to give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor (as the case may be) has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice. Prior to
the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee shall be entitled in all respects conclusively to presume that no such fact exists. Unless the Trustee shall have received the notice provided for in the preceding sentence, the Trustee shall have
full power and authority to receive such payment and to apply the same to the purpose for which it was received and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such date. The foregoing shall not apply
to any Affiliate of the Company acting as Paying Agent. 

  
 91 

 The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, shall be entitled to hold Senior Debt of
Holdings or any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with
respect to any Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Debt; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.
Notwithstanding anything in this Article 12 to the contrary, all amounts owed to the Trustee (including amounts owed pursuant to Section 7.07 hereof) in each of its capacities hereunder shall not be subordinated to any Senior Debt of
Holdings or a Guarantor or otherwise. 
 SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. 

Whenever any Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor, such Person shall be
entitled to make such distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any). 
 SECTION 12.11. Article 12 Not to Prevent
Events of Default or Limit Right to Demand Payment. 
 The failure to make a payment pursuant to a Guarantee by reason of any provision
in this Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on Holdings or any Guarantor
pursuant to its Guarantee. 
 SECTION 12.12. Trustee Entitled to Rely. 

Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (1) upon any
order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02 are pending, (2) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or
distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (3) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the
holders of such Senior Debt and other indebtedness of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be), the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this
Article 12. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution
pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt of Holdings or such Guarantor (as the case may be) held by such
Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be
entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee
pursuant to this Article 12. 

  
 92 

 SECTION 12.13. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. 

Each Holder, by accepting a Note, authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to execute such documentation and to take such action as
may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any
and all such purposes. 
 SECTION 12.14. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Debt of Guarantor. 

The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor and shall not be liable
to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of such Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise. With respect
to the holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article and no implied covenants or obligations with respect
to holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. 
 SECTION 12.15. Reliance
by Holders of Senior Debt of Holdings or Guarantors on Subordination Provisions. 
 Each Holder, by accepting a Note, acknowledges and
agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Debt of Holdings or any Guarantor, whether such Senior Debt was created or acquired before or after the
issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Debt, and such holder of Senior Debt shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in
continuing to hold, such Senior Debt. 
 ARTICLE XIII 

MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION
13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by
TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
 SECTION 13.02. Notices. 

Any notice or communication by the Company, Holdings, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in
Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address: 

  
 93 

 If to the Company, Holdings and/or any Guarantor: 

TransDigm Inc. 
 1301 East
9th Street, Suite 3000 
 Cleveland, Ohio 44114 

Facsimile No.: (216) 706-2837 

Attention:  Terrance M. Paradie, 

                  Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer 
 Jones Day 

250 Vesey Street 
 New York, NY
10281-1047 
 Facsimile No.: (212) 755-7306 

Attention: John Owen, Esq. 
 If
to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. 

2 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1020 

Chicago, IL 60602 
 Facsimile No.:
312-827-8542 
 Attention: Renee Maron 

The Company, Holdings, any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders or the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been
duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the
courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. All notices and communications sent to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been duly given when actually received. 

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by
overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by
the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder, or any defect in it, shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile
transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods; provided, however, that (a) the party providing such written instructions, subsequent to such transmission of written instructions, shall provide the originally executed
instructions or directions to the Trustee in a timely manner and (b) such originally executed instructions or directions shall be signed by an authorized representative of the party providing such instructions or directions. If the party elects
to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile instructions (or instructions by a similar electronic method), and the Trustee, in its discretion, 

  
 94 

 
elects to act upon such instructions, the Trustee’s understanding of such instructions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising
directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon, and compliance with, such instructions notwithstanding if such instructions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written instruction. The party providing electronic instructions
agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee, including the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third
parties. 
 If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not
the addressee receives it. 
 If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee, each Paying
Agent and the Registrar at the same time. 
 SECTION 13.03. Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 SECTION 13.04. Certificate and
Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this
Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the
statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.05 hereof) stating that, in the
opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with. 
 SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in
Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this
Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 

  
 95 

 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has, or they have
made, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and 

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied. 

SECTION 13.06. Rules by Trustee and Agents. 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable
rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 SECTION 13.07. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees
and Stockholders. 
 No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of Holdings, the Company or any
Subsidiary of the Company (other than the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor), as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary of the Company under the Notes, the
Guarantees, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration
for issuance of the Notes. 
 SECTION 13.08. Governing Law. 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. 

SECTION 13.09. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company, its Subsidiaries, Holdings or of any
other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
 SECTION 13.10. Successors.

 All agreements of the Company, Holdings and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All
agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors. 

  
 96 

 SECTION 13.11. Severability. 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 13.12. Counterpart Originals. 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the
same agreement. 
 SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of
reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 

SECTION 13.14. Waiver of Trial by Jury. 

EACH PARTY HERETO, AND EACH HOLDER, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT
IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE. 

SECTION 13.15. Agreement to Provide Certain Tax-Related Information to the Trustee. 

In order to comply with applicable tax laws, rules and regulations under Sections 1471-1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (including directives, guidelines and interpretations promulgated by competent authorities), in effect from time (“FATCA”), the Company agrees (i) upon written request, to provide to the Trustee any tax-related
information about Holders or any taxable transactions contemplated pursuant to this Indenture (including any modification to the terms of such transactions), to the extent such information is in the Company’s possession, so that the Trustee can
determine whether it has tax-related obligations under FATCA and (ii) that the Trustee may, to the extent it is required to do so by FATCA, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by FATCA from payments hereunder. 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank] 

  
 97 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date
first written above. 
  

			
	TRANSDIGM INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Name: Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

  

			
	 TRANSDIGM GROUP INCORPORATED

		
	By:	 	/s/ Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Name: Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Title: Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

  
 [Signature Page
– Transdigm Inc. Indenture] 

 
			
	ACME AEROSPACE, INC.
	ADAMS RITE AEROSPACE, INC.
	AIRBORNE SYSTEMS NORTH AMERICA OF NJ INC.
	AMSAFE GLOBAL HOLDINGS, INC.
	AMSAFE, INC.
	ARKWIN INDUSTRIES, INC.
	AVTECHTYEE, INC.
	BRUCE AEROSPACE INC.
	DUKES AEROSPACE, INC.
	ELECTROMECH TECHNOLOGIES LLC
	 By: McKechnie Aerospace Investments, Inc., its sole member

	HARTWELL CORPORATION
	MARATHONNORCO AEROSPACE, INC.
	MCKECHNIE AEROSPACE INVESTMENTS, INC.
	PEXCO AEROSPACE, INC.
	PNEUDRAULICS, INC.
	SHIELD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS, INC.
	SEMCO INSTRUMENTS, INC.
	SKURKA AEROSPACE INC.
	 TEXAS ROTRONICS, INC.

		
	By:	 	/s/ Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Name: Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Title: Chief Executive Officer
	
	AEROCONTROLEX GROUP, INC.
	AIRBORNE ACQUISITION, INC.
	AIRBORNE GLOBAL, INC.
	AIRBORNE HOLDINGS, INC.
	AVIATION TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
	BRIDPORT HOLDINGS, INC.
	BRIDPORT-AIR CARRIER, INC.
	MCKECHNIE AEROSPACE DE, INC.
	MCKECHNIE AEROSPACE US LLC
	 By: McKechnie Aerospace DE, Inc., its sole member

	TRANSICOIL LLC
	 By: Aviation Technologies, Inc., its sole member

		
	By:	 	/s/ Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Name: Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

  
 [Signature Page
– Indenture] 

 
			
	AEROSONIC LLC
	AVIONIC INSTRUMENTS LLC
	BREEZE-EASTERN LLC
	CDA INTERCORP LLC
	CEF INDUSTRIES, LLC
	CHAMPION AEROSPACE LLC
	HARCO LLC
	SCHNELLER LLC
	TELAIR INTERNATIONAL LLC
	TELAIR US LLC
	WHIPPANY ACTUATION SYSTEMS, LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Name: Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Title: Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	
	AIRBORNE SYSTEMS NA INC.
	AIRBORNE SYSTEMS NORTH AMERICA INC.
	AVIONICS SPECIALTIES, INC.
	MCKECHNIE AEROSPACE HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Name: Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Title: President
	
	BRIDPORT ERIE AVIATION, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Name: Terrance M. Paradie
		 	Title: Vice President and Treasurer
	
	AIRBORNE SYSTEMS NORTH AMERICA OF CA INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Sean P. Maroney
		 	Name: Sean P. Maroney
		 	Title: Treasurer

  
 [Signature Page
– Indenture] 

 
			
	 THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

		
	 by
	 	
		
		 	        /s/ Lawrence M. Kusch
		 	Name: Lawrence M. Kusch
		 	Title: Vice President

  
 [Signature Page
– Indenture] 

 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES, PRIVATE EXCHANGE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE SECURITIES

 1. Definitions 

1. Definitions 
 For the
purposes of this Appendix the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below: 
 “Definitive Note” means a
certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note bearing, if required, the restricted securities legend set forth in Section 2.3(e). 

“Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors. 

“Distribution Compliance Period”, with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and
including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such
Notes. 
 “Exchange Notes” means (1) the 6.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026 issued pursuant to the Indenture in
connection with the Registered Exchange Offer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. 

“Initial Purchasers” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, Morgan Stanley & Co.
LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., UBS Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co., HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and RBC Capital Markets, LLC and
(2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional Notes under the related Purchase Agreement. 

“Initial Notes” means (1) $950,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026 issued on
the Issue Date and (2) Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

“Issue Date” means June 9, 2016. 

“Private Exchange” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to the Initial Purchasers
to issue and deliver to each Initial Purchaser, in exchange for the Initial Notes held by the Initial Purchaser as part of its initial distribution, a like aggregate principal amount of Private Exchange Notes. 

“Private Exchange Notes” means any 6.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026 issued in connection with a Private Exchange.

 “Purchase Agreement” means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes issued on
the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated May 25, 2016, among the Company, Holdings, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as
representatives of the initial purchasers of the Notes, and (2) with respect to each issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement among the Company and the Persons purchasing or underwriting such Additional
Notes. 
 “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A. 

“Registered Exchange Offer” means the offer by the Company, pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders
of Initial Notes, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities Act. 

“Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company,
Holdings, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers of the Notes. 

“Notes Custodian” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 “Notes” means the Initial Notes, the Exchange Notes and the Private Exchange Notes, treated as a single class. 

“Securities Custodian” means the custodian with respect to a Global Note (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor
Person thereto and shall initially be the Trustee. 
 “Shelf Registration Statement” means the registration statement
issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement. 

“Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth in
Section 2.3(e) hereof. 
 1.2 Other Definitions 

 

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section:
	 “Agent Members”
	  	2.1(b)
	 “Global Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Permanent Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Regulation S Global Notes”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Rule 144A Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)
	 “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”
	  	2.1(a)

 2. The Notes. 

2.1(a) Form and Dating. The Initial Notes will be offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement. The Initial Notes
will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S
under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”). Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, in each case, subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein.
Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the “Rule 144A Global Note”) and Initial
Notes initially resold pursuant to Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary global notes in fully registered form (collectively, the “Temporary Regulation S Global Note”), in each case without
interest coupons and with the global notes legend and restricted notes legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian, and registered
in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Except as set forth in this Section 2.1(a), beneficial ownership interests in the
Temporary Regulation S Global Note (x) will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, a permanent global note (the “Permanent Regulation S Global Note” and, together with the Temporary
Regulation S Global Notes, the “Regulation S Global Notes”), or any other Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and (y) after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be
exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note only upon certification that beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S.
persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act. 
 Beneficial interests in
a Temporary Regulation S Global Note may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Securities in compliance with Rule 144A, and (2) the transferor of the
beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee) to the effect that the beneficial interest in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note is being
transferred (a) to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes to be a QIB, (b) to a Person who is purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and (c) in
accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions. 
 Beneficial interest in a
Rule 144A Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first
delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form provided in the Indenture) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable). 

 The Rule 144A Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent
Regulation S Global Note are collectively referred to herein as “Global Notes”. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the
Trustee and the Depository and the Notes Custodian as hereinafter provided. 
 (b) Book-Entry Provisions. This
Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository. 
 The Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes or the nominee of such
Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository’s instructions or held by the Notes Custodian. 

Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to
any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Notes Custodian or under such Global Note, and the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of
such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global
Note. 
 (c) Certificated Notes. Except as provided in this Section 2.1 or Sections 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial
interests in Global Notes shall not be entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes. 
 2.2 Authentication. The
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $950,000,000 of 6.375% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2026; and (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal
amount specified in the written order of the Company pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture and (3) Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, respectively, pursuant to
a Registration Rights Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers. Such order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the
original issue of Notes is to be authenticated and, in the case of any issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Indenture, shall certify that such issuance is in compliance with Section 4.09 of the Indenture. 

2.3 Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes. When Definitive Notes are presented to a
Registrar with a request: 
 (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or 

 (y) to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount of Definitive
Notes of other authorized denominations, 
 the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for
such transaction are met; provided, however, that the Definitive Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange: 

(i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the
Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and 

(ii) if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted securities legend, they are being transferred or
exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and
documents, as applicable: 
 (A) if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for
registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or 

(B) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect; or 

(C) if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with
Rule 144A, Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act: (x) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the
Note) and (y) if the Company so requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e)(i). 

(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Security. A Definitive Note may not be
exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Security or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or
accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with: 

(i) certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note, that such Definitive Note is either (A) being
transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A or (B) is being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to
hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note; and 

 (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the
Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Permanent Regulation S Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to
clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the
Depository account to be credited with such increase, 
 then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the Notes Custodian to
cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depository and the Notes Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note,
as applicable, to be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A
Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding,
the Company shall issue, and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, a new Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate
principal amount. 
 (c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial
interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial
interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest
in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct the Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the
Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. 
 (ii) If the proposed
transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which
such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global
Note from which such interest is being transferred. 
 (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix
(other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the
Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository. 

 (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes
pursuant to Section 2.4 of this Appendix prior to the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such
procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A or
Regulation S, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company. 
 (d) Restrictions on
Transfer of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may be sold, pledged or transferred only (i) to the Company, (ii) in
an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note) or (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act,
in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 (e) Legend. 

(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the
Global Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form: 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY
NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 

THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING
THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (V) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR 

 
(VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF
THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE. 

Each Definitive Note will also bear the following additional legend: 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global
Note) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind any restriction
on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the
Note). 
 (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes pursuant to and during the period of the
effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to legends on such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note will cease to apply, the
requirements requiring any such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and a certificated Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or an Initial Note or Private Exchange Note
in global form, in each case without restrictive transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Initial Note or
Private Exchange Note or appropriate directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. 

(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to
such Initial Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in
each case without the restrictive securities legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto, will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Registered Exchange Offer. 

(v) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial
Notes that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial 

 
Notes that do not exchange their Initial Notes, and Private Exchange Notes in global form with the global securities legend and the Restricted Notes Legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto,
will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such Private Exchange. 
 (f) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global
Note. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by
the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced,
and an adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian) with respect to such Global Note, by the Trustee or the Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction. 

(g) No Obligation of the Trustee. 

(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a
participant in the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery
to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Notes. All notices and communications to be given
to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of beneficial
owners in any Global Note shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository
with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners. 
 (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to
monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Depository
participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this
Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 2.4
Certificated Notes. 
 (a) A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository pursuant
to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note, in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer
complies with Section 2.3 hereof and (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to 

 
continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor
Depository is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice, (ii) the Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture or
(iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. 
 (b) Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof
pursuant to this Section shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee located at its principal corporate trust office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part,
without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred
pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Note
delivered in exchange for an interest in the Transfer Restricted Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e) hereof, bear the restricted securities legend and definitive note legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto. 

(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b) hereof, the registered Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies
and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(d) In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof, the Company shall promptly make
available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully-registered form without interest coupons. 

 EXHIBIT A 

TO 
 RULE 144A/REGULATION S
APPENDIX 
 [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

[Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS
THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE, AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF. 

[For Regulation S Global Note Only] 

UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF NOTES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER
(AS DEFINED IN THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 

[Restricted Notes Legend] 
 THIS
NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE
SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. 

  
 1 

 THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE
OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (V) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (VI) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT
OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE. 
 [Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend] 

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR
INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER SECURITY REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY
DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(3) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED
EITHER BY NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE. 
 AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE
DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE

  
 2 

 
NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE)
TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON (A) WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A (B) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE
ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. 

BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE
REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURITY, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE
EFFECT THAT IF SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE). 
 [Definitive
Notes Legend] 
 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. 

  
 3 

 CUSIP: 

ISIN: 
 TRANSDIGM INC. 

 

			
	No.	 	$                    

 6.375% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2026 

TRANSDIGM INC., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to “Cede & Co.”, or registered assigns, the principal sum of
[                    ] ($[        ]) on June 15, 2026. 

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15. 

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1. 

Dated: [                    ]. 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
this place. 
 Dated: 
 TRANSDIGM INC., 

 

					
			
		 	By:	 	 
		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:
		 		 	
		 		 	
			
		 	By:	 	 
		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:

 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee, 

certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

					
			
		 	By:	 	 
		 		 	Authorized Signatory
		 		 	  
 Dated:

  
 4 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE] 

6.375% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2026 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

1.    Interest. TransDigm Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under
the Indenture, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.375% per annum from June 9, 2016 until maturity; provided that, if a Registration Default
(as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (the “Additional Interest”) of $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes will accrue on the Transfer Restricted Notes
for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default (increasing by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until
all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per annum). The Company shall pay interest and Additional Interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the
date of issuance; provided that, if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated after June 15, 2016 and between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2016. The Company shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the interest rate on the Note then in effect; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 2.    Method of Payment. The
Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date,
even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and
interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may
be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

  
 5 

 3.    Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity. 
 4.    Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 9, 2016
(the “Indenture”) among the Company, Holdings, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of
such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are obligations of the Company. 

5.    Subordination. The Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company, as defined in the Indenture. To the
extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt of the Company must be paid before the Notes may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the
Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose. 
 6.    Optional
Redemption. 
 Beginning on the Initial Redemption Date, the Company shall be entitled to redeem the Notes (which includes Additional
Notes, if any) at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June 15 of the year set forth below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2021
	  	 	103.188	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.594	% 
	 2023 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to June 15, 2019, the Company shall be entitled at its option on one or more occasions
to redeem Notes (which includes Additional Securities, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Securities, if any) originally issued at a redemption price
(expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 106.375%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date), with an amount not to exceed the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings (provided that if the Equity Offering is an offering by Holdings, a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to
redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company); provided, however, that: (1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding
immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes held, directly or indirectly by the Company or its Affiliates); and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the related Equity Offering. 

  
 6 

 Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof,
and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the completion of the related Equity Offering. 

Prior to June 15, 2021, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date). Notice of such redemption shall be sent to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in the case of Global Notes, or mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in the case of
certificated notes (and, to the extent permitted by applicable procedures and regulations, electronically), not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date. 

7.    Special Partial Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided that if
(i) the DDC Acquisition is not consummated, or the DDC Acquisition Agreement is terminated, on or prior to October 22, 2016 or (ii) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing, or otherwise announces, that the it will not pursue
the consummation of the DDC Acquisition, then the Company shall redeem $450.0 million of the Notes (the “Special Partial Mandatory Redemption”) on the third Business Day following the earlier to occur of (i) and (ii) (the
“Special Partial Mandatory Redemption Date”) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Partial Mandatory Redemption Date. 

8. Repurchase at Option of Holder. 

If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s
Notes pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of
purchase. Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send in the case of Global Notes, through the facilities of DTC, and in the case of certificated notes, by first class mail, a notice to the
Trustee and each Holder, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

  
 7 

 If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, under certain
circumstances, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders (a “Net Proceeds Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture. The Net Proceeds Offer may also be made to holders of other Senior Subordinated Debt
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company requiring the making of such an offer. Pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, the Company shall offer to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum amount of Notes and, if it so elects,
such other Senior Subordinated Debt that may be purchased with the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount (or, in the event such other Senior Subordinated Debt was issued with significant original issue
discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture (or, in respect of such other Senior
Subordinated Debt, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Senior Subordinated Debt). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes or such other Senior Subordinated Debt tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is
less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company may use such deficiency for general corporate purposes or for any other purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or such other Senior Subordinated Debt
surrendered by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased in accordance with the depository’s procedures (based on amounts tendered). Holders of Notes that are the subject
of an offer to purchase will receive a Net Proceeds Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of
the Notes. 
 9.    Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be sent to DTC in case of Global Notes and in
the case of certificated notes mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part
but only in whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 

10.    Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered, and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day
of the mailing of notice of redemption and ending at the close of business on such day or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

11.    Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

  
 8 

 12.    Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing
default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the
consent of any Holder, the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the
provisions of Article 2 of the Indenture or the Appendix to the Indenture relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder, to provide for the assumption of
the Company’s, Holdings’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders by a successor to the Company, Holdings or a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture
Act, to provide for the issuance of Notes issued after the Issue Date in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the
Notes to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision in the Description of Notes or to the extent that such provision in the Description of
Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes. 

13.    Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) the failure to pay interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable if the default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 of the Indenture); (ii) the failure to
pay the principal on any Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption, upon Special Partial Mandatory Redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase) (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 of the Indenture); (iii) a default in
the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture if the default continues for a period of 60 days (or 180 days in the case of the covenant described in Section 4.03 of the Indenture) after the
Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to
Section 5.01 of the Indenture, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); (iv) the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace
periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Securitization Entity), or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness,
if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates to $50.0 million or
more at any time; (v) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million shall have been rendered against 

  
 9 

 
the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and
non-appealable; and (vi) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (vi) above with respect to the Company) occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain
events of bankruptcy with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice
of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Trustee, may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and
the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

14.    Guarantee. The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior subordinated basis by Holdings and each of the Guarantors. 

15.    Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to,
accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

16.    No Recourse Against Others. A past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of Holdings, the Company or any Guarantor (other than the Company, Holdings or any Guarantor), as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of Holdings, the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance
of the Notes. 
 17.    Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 18.    Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act). 

  
 10 

 19.    Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 9, 2016 (the “Registration Rights
Agreement”), among the Company, Holdings, the Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers of the
Notes. Each Holder, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company and other named
persons to the extent provided therein. 
 20.    CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation
promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.
No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 TransDigm Inc. 

1301 East 9th Street, Suite 3000 

Cleveland, OH 44114 
 Attention:
Chief Financial Officer 

  
 11 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to 
 Assignee’s Legal Name, Address, and Zip Code 

Assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No. 
 and irrevocably
appoint                      agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him. 

 
  

Date:
                                         
           Your Signature:
                                         
        
  
  

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note. 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in
Rule 144 under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that
such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW 

 

					
	(1)	  	     ̈    	  	to the Company; or
			
	(2)	  	     ̈    	  	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) that purchases for its own account or for the
account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act; or
			
	(3)	  	     ̈    	  	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or
			
	(4)	  	     ̈    	  	pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or
			
	(5)	  	     ̈    	  	pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act; or
			
	(6)	  	     ̈    	  	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act;

  
 12 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes
evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (3), (4) or (5) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any
such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act. 
  

					
			
	  
	 		 	   

		 		 	Signature
	  Signature Guarantee:	 		 	
			
	   
	 		 	   

	  Signature must be guaranteed	 		 	Signature

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
  

 
 TO BE COMPLETED BY
PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an
account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware
that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such
information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 

 

									
					
	Dated:	 	 	 		 		 	 
		 		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  
 13 

 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	 Amount of decrease
in Principal amount
of this Global
Note
	  	 Amount of increase
in Principal amount
of this Global
Note
	  	 Principal amount of
this Global
Note
(following such
decrease or increase)
	  	
Signature of
authorized officer of
Trustee or Custodian
for the Notes

		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	
		  		  		  		  	

  
 14 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box: 

 

																					
		 		 		 		 		 	 	 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	 	 		 		 		 		 	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $ 
  

									
					
	Dated:	 	 	 		 	Your Signature:	 	 
		 		 		 		 	 (Sign exactly as your name appears
 on the
other side of this Security.)

  

											
				
	Signature Guarantee:	 		 	 	 	
		 		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)	 	

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 15 

 EXHIBIT B 

TO 
 RULE 144A/REGULATIONS
APPENDIX 
 CUSIP: 
 ISIN: 

[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE 

OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE] */**/ 

 
 */ If the Note is to be issued in global
form, add the Global Notes Legend from Exhibit A to Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix and the attachment from such Exhibit A captioned - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE”. 

**/ If the Note is a Private Exchange Note issued in a Private Exchange to an Initial Purchaser holding an unsold portion of its initial allotment, add the
Restricted Notes Legend from Exhibit A to Rule 144A/Regulation S Appendix and replace the Assignment Form included in this Exhibit B with the Assignment Form included in such Exhibit A. 

  
 1 

 TRANSDIGM INC. 
  

							
	No.	 		 		  	$

 6.375% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2026 

TRANSDIGM INC., a Delaware corporation promises to pay to “Cede & Co.”, or registered assigns, the principal sum of
[                        ] ($[            ]) on June 15, 2026.

 Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15. 

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1. 

Date: [                    ] 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
this place. 
 Dated: 
  

					
	TRANSDIGM INC.,
			
		 	By:    	 	 
		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:
			
		 	By:	 	 
		 		 	Name:
		 		 	Title:
	
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
			
		 	By:	 	 
		 		 	Authorized Signatory
			
		 		 	  Dated:

  
 2 

 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE] 

6.375% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2026 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 

1.    Interest. TransDigm Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under
the Indenture, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 6.375% per annum from June 9, 2016 until maturity; provided that, if a Registration Default
(as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (the “Additional Interest”) of $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes will accrue on the Transfer Restricted Notes
for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of a Registration Default (increasing by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Notes with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until
all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00% per annum). The Company shall pay interest and Additional Interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day
is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the
date of issuance; provided that, if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated after June 15, 2016 and between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding
Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2016. The Company shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is equal to the interest rate on the Note then in effect; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 2.    Method of Payment. The
Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) and Additional Interest, if any, to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date,
even if such Notes are canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium and
interest and Additional Interest, if any, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest and Additional Interest, if any, may
be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest, premium and
Additional Interest, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of
America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. 

  
 3 

 3.    Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York
Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such
capacity. 
 4.    Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of June 9, 2016
(the “Indenture”) among the Company, Holdings, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as Trustee (the “Trustee”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of
such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are obligations of the Company. 

5.    Subordination. The Notes are subordinated to Senior Debt of the Company, as defined in the Indenture. To the
extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Debt of the Company must be paid before the Notes may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the
Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose. 
 6.    Optional
Redemption. 
 Beginning on the Initial Redemption Date, the Company shall be entitled to redeem the Notes (which includes Additional
Notes, if any) at its option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related interest payment date) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on June 15 of the year set forth below: 

 

					
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2021
	  	 	103.188	% 
	 2022
	  	 	101.594	% 
	 2023 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, prior to June 15, 2019, the Company shall be entitled at its option on one or more
occasions to redeem Notes (which includes Additional Securities, if any) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Securities, if any) originally issued at a
redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 106.375%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), with an amount not to exceed the net cash proceeds from one or more Equity Offerings (provided that if the Equity Offering is an offering by Holdings, a portion of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof equal to the
amount required to redeem any such Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company); provided, however, that: (1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) remains
outstanding immediately after the occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes held, directly or indirectly by the Company or its Affiliates); and (2) each such redemption occurs within 90 days after the date of the related Equity
Offering. 

  
 4 

 Notice of any redemption upon any Equity Offering may be given prior to the completion thereof,
and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the completion of the related Equity Offering. 

Prior to June 15, 2021, the Company shall be entitled at its option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date). Notice of such redemption shall be sent to The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), in the case of Global Notes, or mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in the case of
certificated notes (and, to the extent permitted by applicable procedures and regulations, electronically), not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date. 

7.    Special Partial Mandatory Redemption. 

The Company shall not be required to make any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes; provided that if
(i) the DDC Acquisition is not consummated, or the DDC Acquisition Agreement is terminated, on or prior to October 22, 2016 or (ii) the Company notifies the Trustee in writing, or otherwise announces, that the it will not pursue
the consummation of the DDC Acquisition, then the Company shall redeem $450.0 million of the Notes (the “Special Partial Mandatory Redemption”) on the third Business Day following the earlier to occur of (i) and (ii) (the
“Special Partial Mandatory Redemption Date”) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the issue price of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Partial Mandatory Redemption Date. 

8.    Repurchase at Option of Holder. 

If a Change of Control occurs, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s
Notes pursuant to the offer described in the Indenture (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest and Additional Interest, if any, to the date of
purchase. Within 30 days following the date upon which the Change of Control occurred, the Company must send in the case of Global Notes, through the facilities of DTC, and in the case of certificated notes, by first class mail, a notice to the
Trustee and each Holder, which notice shall govern the terms of the Change of Control Offer. Such notice shall state, among other things, the purchase date, which must be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is
mailed, other than as may be required by law (the “Change of Control Payment Date”). Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

  
 5 

 If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, under certain
circumstances, the Company is required to commence an offer to all Holders (a “Net Proceeds Offer”) pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture. The Net Proceeds Offer may also be made to holders of other Senior Subordinated Debt
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company requiring the making of such an offer. Pursuant to the Net Proceeds Offer, the Company shall offer to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the maximum amount of Notes and, if it so elects, such
other Senior Subordinated Debt that may be purchased with the Net Proceeds Offer Amount at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount (or, in the event such other Senior Subordinated Debt was issued with significant original issue discount,
100% of the accreted value thereof) plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture (or, in respect of such other Senior Subordinated
Debt, such lesser price, if any, as may be provided for by the terms of such Senior Subordinated Debt). To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes or such other Senior Subordinated Debt tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than
the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company may use such deficiency for general corporate purposes or for any other purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or such other Senior Subordinated Debt surrendered
by holders thereof exceeds the amount of Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased in accordance with the depository’s procedures (based on amounts tendered). Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer
to purchase will receive a Net Proceeds Offer from the Company prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes.

 9.    Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be sent to DTC in case of Global Notes and in the case
of certificated notes mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in
whole multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 

10.    Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered, and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note
selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day
of the mailing of notice of redemption and ending at the close of business on such day or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date. 

11.    Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 

  
 6 

 12.    Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to certain
exceptions, the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes, if any, voting as a single class, and any existing
default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the
consent of any Holder, the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency, to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the
provisions of Article 2 of the Indenture or the Appendix to the Indenture relating to the form of the Notes (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder, to provide for the assumption of
the Company’s, Holdings’ or any Guarantor’s obligations to Holders by a successor to the Company, Holdings or a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Indenture, to make any change that would provide any additional rights or
benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Indenture of any such Holder, to comply with the requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture
Act, to provide for the issuance of Notes issued after the Issue Date in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture to the Indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the
Notes to provide for the issuance of exchange notes or private exchange notes, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes to any provision in the Description of Notes or to the extent that such provision in the Description of
Notes was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision in the Indenture, the Guarantees or the Notes. 

13.    Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default include: (i) the failure to pay interest or Additional
Interest, if any, on any Notes when the same becomes due and payable if the default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 of the Indenture); (ii) the failure to
pay the principal on any Notes when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption, upon Special Partial Mandatory Redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to a Change
of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer on the date specified for such payment in the applicable offer to purchase) (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article 10 or Article 12 of the Indenture); (iii) a default in
the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the Indenture if the default continues for a period of 60 days (or 180 days in the case of the covenant described in Section 4.03 of the Indenture) after the
Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (except in the case of a default with respect to
Section 5.01 of the Indenture, which will constitute an Event of Default with such notice requirement but without such passage of time requirement); (iv) the failure to pay at final stated maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace
periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of the Company (other than a Securitization Entity), or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness,
if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates to $50.0 million or
more at any time; (v) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $50.0 million shall have been rendered against 

  
 7 

 
the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and
non-appealable; and (vi) certain events of bankruptcy affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (vi) above with respect to the Company) occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain
events of bankruptcy with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the
Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice
of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest or Additional Interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest. The Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, by notice to the Trustee, may, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing
Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on, or the principal of, the Notes. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and
the Company is required, upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 

14.    Guarantee. The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and interest (including Additional
Interest, if any) on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and several senior subordinated basis by Holdings and each of the Guarantors. 

15.    Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to,
accept deposits from, and perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 

16.    No Recourse Against Others. A past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or
stockholder of Holdings, the Company or any Guarantor (other than the Company, Holdings or any Guarantor), as such, shall not have any liability for any obligations of Holdings, the Company or such Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance
of the Notes. 
 17.    Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature
of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 18.    Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the
name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
Minors Act). 

  
 8 

 19.    Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and
Restricted Definitive Notes. In addition to the rights provided to Holders under the Indenture, Holders shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 9, 2016, among the Company, Holdings, the
Guarantors and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as representatives of the initial purchasers of the Notes. Each Holder, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges
and agrees to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the indemnification of the Company and other named persons to the extent provided therein. 

20.    CUSIP and ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security
Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP and ISIN numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP or ISIN numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of
such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 

The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture and/or the Registration Rights
Agreement. Requests may be made to: 
 TransDigm Inc. 

1301 East 9th Street, Suite 3000 
 Cleveland, OH 44114 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer 

  
 9 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below: 
 I or we assign
and transfer this Note to 
 Assignee’s Legal Name, Address, and Zip Code 

Assignee’s soc. Sec. or tax I.D. No. 
 and irrevocably
appoint                              agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may
substitute another to act for him. 
  

							
	 	 	 	 
	    Dated:	 	 	 	    Your Signature:	  	 
				
	 	 	 	 	 	  	 
	
	    (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.)

  
 10 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.15 of the Indenture, check the box:

  

																	
		 		 		 		 	 	 		 		 		  	
		 		 		 		 	 	 		 		 		  	

 If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 or
4.15 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount: $ 
  

							
	Dated:	 	 	  	Your Signature:	  	 
		 		  		  	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.)

  

					
	Signature Guarantee:	 	 	  	
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed)	  	

 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the
Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to,
or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 11

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00259-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00259-of-00352.parquet"}]]